TW201731927A - Method for producing cured film, cured film, solid-state image capture element, and image display device - Google Patents

Method for producing cured film, cured film, solid-state image capture element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201731927A
TW201731927A TW105132471A TW105132471A TW201731927A TW 201731927 A TW201731927 A TW 201731927A TW 105132471 A TW105132471 A TW 105132471A TW 105132471 A TW105132471 A TW 105132471A TW 201731927 A TW201731927 A TW 201731927A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
cured film
film
compound
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
TW105132471A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
久保田誠
浜田大輔
Original Assignee
富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201731927A publication Critical patent/TW201731927A/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/1462Coatings
    • H01L27/14621Colour filter arrangements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D1/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D1/36Successively applying liquids or other fluent materials, e.g. without intermediate treatment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D5/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures
    • B05D5/06Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures to obtain multicolour or other optical effects
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D7/00Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • B05D7/24Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces or for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/23Photochromic filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation

Abstract

A cured film manufacturing method using a curable composition that contains a coloring agent, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, said cured film manufacturing method comprising: a first step in which the curable composition is applied as a spray with an impact size of D1 so as to form a first coating film; a second step in which the curable composition is applied as a spray with an impact size of D2 so as to form a second coating film; and a step in which a curing process is performed so as to form a cured film, wherein D1 and D2 satisfy the relationship D1 > D2, and the ratio D1/D2 is 5-150.

Description

硬化膜的製造方法、硬化膜、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置Method for producing cured film, cured film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

本發明是有關於一種硬化膜的製造方法、硬化膜、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a method for producing a cured film, a cured film, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

固體攝像裝置具備攝影透鏡、配設於該攝影透鏡的背後的電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)及互補金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等固體攝像元件、以及安裝有該固體攝像元件的電路基板。該固體攝像裝置搭載於數位相機、附相機的行動電話、智慧型電話等中。 固體攝像裝置中,有時會因可見光的反射而產生雜訊(noise)。因此,廣泛地進行於固體攝像裝置內設置規定的遮光膜。此種遮光膜例如是使用含有鈦黑等黑色顏料的硬化性組成物(感光性組成物)而形成。 作為使用此種感光性樹脂組成物的成膜方法,已知有各種方法,例如於專利文獻1中揭示有經過藉由噴霧而塗佈硬化性組成物(黑色聚合性組成物)的步驟來製造硬化膜(黑色硬化膜)的方法(請求項8、請求項9等)。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]The solid-state imaging device includes an imaging lens, a solid-state imaging device such as a charge coupled device (CCD) disposed on the back of the imaging lens, and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and the solid state is mounted thereon. A circuit board of an imaging element. The solid-state imaging device is mounted on a digital camera, a mobile phone with a camera, a smart phone, or the like. In a solid-state imaging device, noise may be generated due to reflection of visible light. Therefore, a predetermined light shielding film is widely provided in the solid-state imaging device. Such a light-shielding film is formed, for example, using a curable composition (photosensitive composition) containing a black pigment such as titanium black. Various methods are known as a film forming method using such a photosensitive resin composition. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a step of applying a curable composition (black polymerizable composition) by spraying. Method of hardening a film (black cured film) (request 8, claim 9, etc.). [Prior Art Document] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2012-62446號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-62446

[發明所欲解決之課題] 近年來,隨著固體攝像裝置的小型化或薄型化、高感度化,要求遮光膜的進一步的低反射化、或者形成硬化膜(遮光膜)時的微影性能的進一步的提高。然而,於藉由噴霧而塗佈硬化性組成物的情況下,有時所獲得的硬化膜的反射率及微影性能不充分,未必滿足近年來所要求的性能。 具體而言,發明者等參考專利文獻1的記載,僅使用噴霧法這一條件來製作包含單一層的硬化膜,結果發現所獲得的硬化膜的反射率及微影性能不充分,仍需進一步的改良。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] In recent years, with the miniaturization, thinning, and high sensitivity of a solid-state imaging device, further low reflection of a light-shielding film or lithographic performance when a cured film (light-shielding film) is formed is required. Further improvement. However, when the curable composition is applied by spraying, the reflectance and lithographic performance of the obtained cured film may be insufficient, and the performance required in recent years may not necessarily be satisfied. Specifically, the inventors of the present invention have made a cured film containing a single layer using only the spray method as described in Patent Document 1, and as a result, it has been found that the obtained cured film has insufficient reflectance and lithographic performance, and further development is required. Improvement.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種反射率低、微影性能優異的硬化膜的製造方法,硬化膜,以及具有所述硬化膜的固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 [解決課題之手段]Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a cured film having low reflectance and excellent lithography performance, a cured film, and a solid-state image sensor and image display device having the cured film. [Means for solving the problem]

本發明者對所述課題進行了努力研究,結果發現於製造硬化膜的情況下,藉由形成第1塗膜時的著落尺寸D1與形成第2塗膜時的著落尺寸D2的比處於所述範圍內,可獲得所期望的性能,從而完成了本發明。 即,本發明者發現藉由以下的構成可解決所述課題。As a result of intensive studies on the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that in the case of producing a cured film, the ratio of the landing size D1 when the first coating film is formed to the landing size D2 when the second coating film is formed is Within the scope, the desired properties can be obtained, thereby completing the present invention. That is, the inventors of the present invention have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.

[1] 一種硬化膜的製造方法,其製造使用含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物的硬化膜,所述硬化膜的製造方法包括: 第1步驟,以著落尺寸成為D1的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第1塗膜; 第2步驟,以著落尺寸成為D2的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第2塗膜;以及 實施硬化處理而形成硬化膜的步驟, 所述D1與所述D2滿足D1>D2的關係,且所述D1與所述D2的比D1/D2為5~150。 [2] 如所述[1]所記載的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述第2步驟是於所述第1步驟之後實施。 [3] 如所述[1]或[2]所記載的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述第1步驟的所述噴霧塗佈中使用的噴霧裝置的噴嘴前端與被塗佈面的距離L1小於所述第2步驟的所述噴霧塗佈中使用的所述噴霧裝置的噴嘴前端與被塗佈面的距離L2。 [4] 如所述[3]所記載的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述距離L1小於5 cm,所述距離L2超過10 cm。 [5] 如所述[1]至[4]中任一項所記載的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述D2為1 μm~30 μm。 [6] 如所述[1]至[5]中任一項所記載的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述D2為1 μm~10 μm。 [7] 一種硬化膜,其使用含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物而獲得,且形成於基板上, 在將自位於所述基板側的所述硬化膜的第1面朝向與所述第1面相對向的所述硬化膜的第2面而成為所述硬化膜的厚度的10%的位置的空隙率設為A1, 將自所述第2面朝向所述第1面而成為所述硬化膜的厚度的10%的位置的空隙率設為A2的情況下, 所述A1與所述A2滿足A1<A2的關係。 [8] 如所述[7]所記載的硬化膜,其中所述A1為0.001%以上且小於3%。 [9] 如所述[7]或[8]所記載的硬化膜,其中所述A2為0.1%以上且小於30%。 [10] 如所述[7]至[9]中任一項所記載的硬化膜,其中所述硬化膜的所述第2面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.1 μm~1.2 μm。 [11] 如所述[7]至[10]中任一項所記載的硬化膜,其中所述硬化膜具有至少兩層以上的層。 [12] 如所述[7]至[11]中任一項所記載的硬化膜,其用作遮光膜。 [13] 如所述[7]至[11]中任一項所記載的硬化膜,其用作彩色濾光片。 [14] 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如所述[7]至[11]中任一項所記載的硬化膜。 [15] 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如所述[7]至[11]中任一項所記載的硬化膜。 [發明的效果][1] A method for producing a cured film, which comprises using a cured film comprising a colorant, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, wherein the method for producing the cured film comprises: In the first step, the curable composition is spray-coated to form a first coating film so that the landing size is D1. In the second step, the curable composition is spray-coated so that the landing size is D2. a coating film; and a step of forming a cured film by performing a hardening treatment, wherein D1 and D2 satisfy a relationship of D1>D2, and a ratio D1/D2 of the D1 to the D2 is 5 to 150. [2] The method for producing a cured film according to [1], wherein the second step is performed after the first step. [3] The method for producing a cured film according to the above [1], wherein the distance between the tip end of the nozzle of the spray device used in the spray coating of the first step and the surface to be coated is L1. It is smaller than the distance L2 between the tip end of the nozzle of the spray device used in the spray coating described in the second step and the surface to be coated. [4] The method for producing a cured film according to [3], wherein the distance L1 is less than 5 cm, and the distance L2 is more than 10 cm. [5] The method for producing a cured film according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein the D2 is from 1 μm to 30 μm. [6] The method for producing a cured film according to any one of [1] to [5] wherein the D2 is 1 μm to 10 μm. [7] A cured film obtained by using a curable composition containing a colorant, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, and formed on a substrate, from the side of the substrate The first surface of the cured film faces the second surface of the cured film facing the first surface, and the void ratio at a position of 10% of the thickness of the cured film is A1. When the void ratio at the position where the second surface faces the first surface and becomes 10% of the thickness of the cured film is A2, the relationship between A1 and A2 satisfies A1 < A2. [8] The cured film according to [7], wherein the A1 is 0.001% or more and less than 3%. [9] The cured film according to [7], wherein the A2 is 0.1% or more and less than 30%. [10] The cured film according to any one of [7], wherein the surface roughness Ra of the second surface of the cured film is from 0.1 μm to 1.2 μm. [11] The cured film according to any one of [7] to [10] wherein the cured film has at least two or more layers. [12] The cured film according to any one of [7] to [11] which is used as a light-shielding film. [13] The cured film according to any one of [7] to [11] which is used as a color filter. [14] A solid-state image sensor, comprising the cured film according to any one of [7] to [11]. [15] An image display device comprising the cured film according to any one of [7] to [11]. [Effects of the Invention]

如下所示般,根據本發明,可提供一種反射率低、微影性能優異的硬化膜的製造方法,硬化膜,以及具有所述硬化膜的固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。As described below, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a cured film having low reflectance and excellent lithography performance, a cured film, and a solid-state image sensor and image display device having the cured film.

以下,對本發明的硬化膜的製造方法、硬化膜、以及具有所述硬化膜的固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置的較佳態樣進行詳細敍述。 以下所記載的構成要件的說明有時是基於本發明的具代表性的實施方式而成,本發明並不受到此種實施方式的限定。Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the method for producing a cured film of the present invention, a cured film, and a solid-state image sensor having the cured film and an image display device will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited by the embodiments.

本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述是包含不具有取代基的基(原子團)並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)的表述。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 本說明書中的「放射線」是指包含可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、電子束、X射線等。 本說明書中,使用「~」表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。 本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基,「(甲基)丙烯醯胺」表示丙烯醯胺及甲基丙烯醯胺。 本說明書中,「單量體」與「單體(monomer)」為相同含義。本說明書中的單量體與寡聚物及聚合物不同,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。 本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物是指具有聚合性基的化合物,可為單量體,亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性基,是指參與聚合反應的基。In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the expression that the substituted or unsubstituted is not described is a group containing a group (atomic group) having no substituent and also containing a substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). The term "radiation" as used in the present specification means visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, X-ray, or the like. In the present specification, the numerical range expressed by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloyl group" means propylene fluorenyl group and The acrylonitrile group, "(meth) acrylamide" means acrylamide and methacrylamide. In the present specification, "single quantity" has the same meaning as "monomer". The monomer of the present specification differs from the oligomer and the polymer in that it means a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

[硬化膜的製造方法] 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法為使用含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物的硬化膜的製造方法,其包括:第1步驟,以著落尺寸成為D1的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第1塗膜;第2步驟,以著落尺寸成為D2的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第2塗膜;以及實施硬化處理而形成硬化膜的步驟,所述D1與所述D2滿足D1>D2的關係,且所述D1與所述D2的比D1/D2為5~150。[Method for Producing Cured Film] The method for producing a cured film of the present invention is a method for producing a cured film using a curable composition containing a colorant, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, and includes In the first step, the curable composition is spray-coated so that the landing size becomes D1 to form a first coating film, and in the second step, the curable composition is spray-coated so that the landing size is D2. a second coating film; and a step of forming a cured film by performing a curing treatment, wherein D1 and D2 satisfy a relationship of D1>D2, and a ratio D1/D2 of the D1 to the D2 is 5 to 150.

根據本發明的硬化膜的製造方法,可製作反射率低、微影性能優異的硬化膜。該理由的詳細情況並不明確,但推測為以下理由。 若自噴霧裝置的噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物,則硬化性組成物變成多個液滴而飛行,從而其著落於被塗佈面。著落於被塗佈面的液滴乾燥而成為包含液滴中所含的固體成分的粒狀物。多個該粒狀物聚集,藉此形成一個膜(塗膜)。本發明中,將所述粒狀物的直徑稱為「著落尺寸」,著落尺寸的更詳細的定義將於後進行敘述。 此處,圖1A及圖1B是階段性地表示本發明的硬化膜的製造方法的一例的說明圖。於圖1B的例子中,塗膜120形成於基板100上,且包含第1塗膜120A及第2塗膜120B。塗膜120藉由未圖示的硬化處理進行硬化而成為硬化膜。 由著落尺寸大的粒狀物構成的第1塗膜120A是使用尺寸大的液滴形成。尺寸大的液滴於著落於被塗佈面時容易擴展,故藉此所獲得的粒狀物120a成為平坦且面積大的粒狀物。進而,成為粒狀物120a彼此良好地接觸的狀態。藉此,包含多個粒狀物120a的第1塗膜120A成為平坦且針孔少的膜,故可抑制包含使第1塗膜120A硬化而形成的第1膜的硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷或針孔的產生等。 其次,由著落尺寸小的粒狀物120b構成的第2塗膜120B是使用尺寸小的液滴形成。尺寸小的液滴於著落於被塗佈面時的擴展小,故於著落後亦容易保持其形狀。因此,由多個粒狀物120b構成的第2塗膜120B具有凹凸的表面,故可降低包含使第2塗膜120B硬化而形成的第2膜的硬化膜的反射率。 如此,推測由第1塗膜120A形成的第1膜及由第2塗膜120B形成的第2膜各自的功能相輔相成地發揮作用,藉此硬化膜成為反射率低、微影性能優異的膜。According to the method for producing a cured film of the present invention, a cured film having low reflectance and excellent lithography performance can be produced. The details of this reason are not clear, but the following reasons are presumed. When the curable composition is sprayed from the nozzle of the spray device, the curable composition flies into a plurality of droplets and flies on the coated surface. The droplets that have landed on the surface to be coated are dried to form a granular material containing solid components contained in the droplets. A plurality of the granules are aggregated, thereby forming a film (coating film). In the present invention, the diameter of the granular material is referred to as "landing size", and a more detailed definition of the landing size will be described later. Here, FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B are explanatory views which show an example of the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. In the example of FIG. 1B, the coating film 120 is formed on the substrate 100, and includes the first coating film 120A and the second coating film 120B. The coating film 120 is cured by a curing treatment (not shown) to form a cured film. The first coating film 120A composed of a large-sized granular material is formed using droplets having a large size. Since the droplets having a large size easily spread when landing on the surface to be coated, the granular material 120a obtained thereby has a flat and large granular material. Further, the granular materials 120a are in good contact with each other. In this way, since the first coating film 120A including the plurality of granular materials 120a is flat and has a small number of pinholes, it is possible to suppress the defect of the pattern shape of the cured film including the first film formed by curing the first coating film 120A. Or the generation of pinholes, etc. Next, the second coating film 120B composed of the fine particles 120b having a small size is formed using droplets having a small size. The small-sized droplets have a small expansion when they land on the coated surface, so that it is easy to maintain their shape after being behind. Therefore, since the second coating film 120B composed of the plurality of granular materials 120b has a surface having irregularities, the reflectance of the cured film including the second film formed by curing the second coating film 120B can be reduced. In this manner, it is presumed that the functions of the first film formed by the first coating film 120A and the second film formed by the second coating film 120B complement each other, and the cured film has a low reflectance and excellent lithographic performance.

以下,對本發明的硬化膜的製造中所使用的硬化性組成物進行說明後,對硬化膜的製造方法中的各步驟進行說明。Hereinafter, each step in the method for producing a cured film will be described after explaining the curable composition used in the production of the cured film of the present invention.

<硬化性組成物> 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法中所使用的硬化性組成物(以下,亦簡稱為「本發明的組成物」)含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑。以下,對本發明的組成物中所包含的成分及可包含的成分進行說明。<Curable composition> The curable composition used in the method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to simply as "the composition of the present invention") contains a coloring agent, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a binder. Polymer and solvent. Hereinafter, the components contained in the composition of the present invention and the components which can be contained will be described.

(a)著色劑 本發明的組成物含有著色劑。 著色劑可使用各種公知的著色顏料及著色染料。 作為著色染料,例如若為用於製造彩色濾光片的情況,則除了形成彩色濾光片的顏色畫素的紅(R)、綠(G)、藍(B)等彩色系染料(彩色染料)以外,亦可使用日本專利特開2014-42375的段落0027~段落0200中記載的著色劑。另外,可使用通常用於黑色矩陣形成用途或遮光性膜系形成用途的黑色系染料(黑色染料)。 作為著色顏料,例如若為用於製造彩色濾光片的情況,則可使用形成彩色濾光片的顏色畫素的紅(R)、綠(G)、藍(B)等彩色系顏料(彩色顏料),以及通常用於黑色矩陣形成用途或遮光性膜系形成用途的黑色系顏料(黑色顏料)。(a) Colorant The composition of the present invention contains a colorant. Various known coloring pigments and coloring dyes can be used as the coloring agent. As the coloring dye, for example, in the case of producing a color filter, a color dye such as red (R), green (G), or blue (B) which forms a color pixel of a color filter (color dye) In addition to the above, the coloring agent described in paragraph 0027 to paragraph 0200 of JP-A-2014-42375 can also be used. Further, a black dye (black dye) which is generally used for black matrix formation use or light-shielding film formation can be used. As the coloring pigment, for example, in the case of producing a color filter, a color pigment such as red (R), green (G), or blue (B) which forms a color pixel of a color filter can be used (color A pigment), and a black pigment (black pigment) which is generally used for black matrix formation or light-shielding film formation.

作為彩色系顏料,可使用現有公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。另外,無論無機顏料還是有機顏料,若考慮到較佳為高透過率,則較佳為使用盡可能精細者,若亦考慮到操作(handling)性,則所述顏料的平均一次粒子徑較佳為0.01 μm~0.1 μm,更佳為0.01 μm~0.05 μm。As the color-based pigment, various conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used. Further, regardless of whether the inorganic pigment or the organic pigment is preferably high in transmittance, it is preferably used as fine as possible, and if the handling property is also considered, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferred. It is from 0.01 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.05 μm.

再者,顏料的平均一次粒子徑可使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(Transmission Electron Microscope,TEM)來測定。作為穿透式電子顯微鏡,例如可使用日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造的穿透式顯微鏡HT7700。 測量使用穿透式電子顯微鏡而獲得的粒子像的最大長度(Dmax:粒子圖像的輪廓上的2點的最大長度)、以及最大長度垂直長度(DV-max:以與最大長度平行的2條直線夾持圖像時,垂直地連結2直線間的最短長度),將其相乘平均值(Dmax´DV-max)1/2 作為粒子徑。利用該方法測定100個粒子的粒子徑,將其算術平均值設為平均粒子徑來作為顏料的平均一次粒子徑。本說明書的實施例中的「平均一次粒子徑」亦與所述的算術平均值相同。Further, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured using a Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). As the transmission electron microscope, for example, a transmission microscope HT7700 manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies Co., Ltd. can be used. Measuring the maximum length of the particle image obtained using a transmission electron microscope (Dmax: maximum length of 2 points on the contour of the particle image), and the maximum length vertical length (DV-max: 2 in parallel with the maximum length) When the image is held in a straight line, the shortest length between the two straight lines is connected vertically, and the multiplied average value (Dmax ́DV-max) 1/2 is taken as the particle diameter. The particle diameter of 100 particles was measured by this method, and the arithmetic mean value thereof was defined as the average particle diameter as the average primary particle diameter of the pigment. The "average primary particle diameter" in the embodiment of the present specification is also the same as the arithmetic mean value described above.

作為無機顏料,可列舉金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所表示的金屬化合物,具體而言可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,及所述金屬的複合氧化物。Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal compound represented by a metal oxide or a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include metals such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, and antimony. An oxide, and a composite oxide of the metal.

[顏料] 作為顏料,可列舉現有公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。 作為無機顏料,可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,及所述金屬的複合氧化物。 作為有機顏料,可列舉以下者。其中,本發明並不限定於該些。 作為有機顏料,可列舉:顏色索引(colour index,C. I.)顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214等, C. I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等, C. I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、279等, C. I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)7、10、36、37、58、59等, C. I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1、19、23、27、32、37、42等, C. I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64、66、79、80等。 該些有機顏料可單獨使用,或者為了提高顏色純度而加以各種組合而使用。[Pigment] Examples of the pigment include various conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments. Examples of the inorganic pigment include metal oxides such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, and antimony, and composite oxides of the above metals. The following are mentioned as an organic pigment. However, the present invention is not limited to these. As the organic pigment, a color index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 can be cited. , 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73 , 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120 ,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169 170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214, etc., CI Pigment Orange 2 , 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc., CI pigment Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48 :4,4 9, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, etc., CI Pigment Green (Pigment Green) 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, etc., Pig Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, etc., CI Pigment Blue 1, 2 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, etc. These organic pigments may be used singly or in various combinations for the purpose of improving color purity.

(黑色顏料) 本發明中亦可使用黑色顏料作為顏料。以下,對黑色顏料進一步詳細地進行說明。 黑色顏料可使用各種公知的黑色顏料。特別是就可以少量來實現高的光學濃度的觀點而言,較佳為碳黑、鈦黑、氧化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化錳、石墨等,其中,較佳為包含碳黑、鈦黑中的至少一種,特別是就因曝光而導致的與硬化效率有關的起始劑的光吸收波長區域的吸收少的觀點而言,較佳為鈦黑。作為碳黑的具體例,可列舉作為市售品的C.I.顏料黑1等有機顏料、C.I.顏料黑7等無機顏料,但並不限定於該些。(Black Pigment) A black pigment can also be used as the pigment in the present invention. Hereinafter, the black pigment will be described in further detail. Various known black pigments can be used for the black pigment. In particular, from the viewpoint of achieving a high optical density in a small amount, carbon black, titanium black, titanium oxide, iron oxide, manganese oxide, graphite, or the like is preferable, and among them, carbon black and titanium black are preferably contained. At least one, in particular, titanium black is preferred from the viewpoint that the absorption of the light-absorbing wavelength region of the initiator in the curing efficiency due to exposure is small. Specific examples of the carbon black include an organic pigment such as C.I. Pigment Black 1 which is a commercially available product, and an inorganic pigment such as C.I. Pigment Black 7, but are not limited thereto.

(其他顏料) 本發明中除作為黑色顏料而記載的顏料以外,亦可使用具有紅外線吸收性的顏料來作為顏料。 作為具有紅外線吸收性的顏料,較佳為鎢化合物、金屬硼化物等,其中,就紅外區域的波長中的遮光性優異的方面而言,較佳為鎢化合物。特別是就因曝光而導致的與硬化效率有關的起始劑的光吸收波長區域、與可見光區域的透光性優異的觀點而言,較佳為鎢化合物。(Other pigments) In the present invention, in addition to the pigment described as the black pigment, a pigment having infrared absorbing property may be used as the pigment. The pigment having an infrared absorbing property is preferably a tungsten compound or a metal boride. Among them, a tungsten compound is preferred because it has excellent light blocking properties in the wavelength of the infrared region. In particular, a tungsten compound is preferred from the viewpoint of excellent light transmittance wavelength region of the initiator and curing light transmittance in the visible light region due to exposure.

該些顏料亦可併用兩種以上,或者亦可與後述的染料併用。為了調整色調或提高所期望的波長區域的遮光性,例如可列舉將所述紅色、綠色、黃色、橙色、紫色及藍色等的彩色顏料或後述的染料與黑色顏料、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料混合的態樣。較佳為於黑色顏料、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料中包含紅色顏料或染料、與紫色顏料或染料,特佳為於黑色顏料、或具有紅外線遮光性的顏料中包含紅色顏料。These pigments may be used in combination of two or more kinds, or may be used in combination with a dye described later. In order to adjust the color tone or to improve the light-shielding property in a desired wavelength region, for example, a color pigment such as red, green, yellow, orange, purple, or blue, a dye described later, a black pigment, or an infrared ray blocking property may be mentioned. The aspect in which the pigment is mixed. It is preferable to contain a red pigment or a dye having an infrared ray blocking property, a red pigment or a dye, a purple pigment or a dye, and particularly preferably a black pigment or a pigment having an infrared ray blocking property.

黑色顏料較佳為含有鈦黑。 所謂鈦黑是指含有鈦原子的黑色粒子。較佳為低次氧化鈦或氮氧化鈦等。出於提高分散性、抑制凝聚性等目的,可視需要對鈦黑粒子的表面進行修飾。可利用氧化矽、氧化鈦、氧化鍺、氧化鋁、氧化鎂或氧化鋯進行包覆,另外,亦可利用日本專利特開2007-302836號公報中所表示的撥水性物質進行處理。 鈦黑典型的是鈦黑粒子,較佳為每個粒子的一次粒徑及平均一次粒徑均小的粒子。 具體而言,較佳為以平均一次粒徑計為10 nm~45 nm的範圍的粒子。The black pigment preferably contains titanium black. The term "titanium black" refers to black particles containing titanium atoms. It is preferably low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride or the like. The surface of the titanium black particles may be modified as needed for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesiveness. The coating may be carried out by using cerium oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide or zirconium oxide, or by using a water-repellent substance as shown in JP-A-2007-302836. Titanium black is typically titanium black particles, and is preferably one having a primary particle diameter and a small average primary particle diameter per particle. Specifically, particles having a range of 10 nm to 45 nm in terms of average primary particle diameter are preferred.

鈦黑的比表面積並無特別限制,為了使利用撥水劑對鈦黑進行表面處理後的撥水性成為規定性能,藉由布厄特(Brunauer-Emmett-Teller,BET)法測定的值較佳為5 m2 /g~150 m2 /g,更佳為20 m2 /g~120 m2 /g。 作為鈦黑的市售品的例子,可列舉:鈦黑10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R、13R-N、13M-T(商品名,三菱材料(股)製造),迪拉庫(Tilack)D(商品名,赤穗化成(股)製造)等。The specific surface area of titanium black is not particularly limited, and the value measured by the Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) method is preferably such that the water repellency after surface treatment with titanium dioxide by the water repellent has a predetermined performance. 5 m 2 /g to 150 m 2 /g, more preferably 20 m 2 /g to 120 m 2 /g. Examples of commercially available products of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, and 13M-T (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Co., Ltd.), Dilla Tilack D (trade name, manufactured by Akohosei Co., Ltd.) and the like.

進而,亦較佳為以包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體的形式含有鈦黑。 該形態中,鈦黑以被分散體的形式而含有於組成物中,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)以質量換算計較佳為0.05以上,更佳為0.05~0.5,進而佳為0.07~0.4。 此處,所述被分散體包含鈦黑為一次粒子的狀態者、鈦黑為凝聚體(二次粒子)的狀態者這兩者。 為了變更被分散體的Si/Ti(例如,設為0.05以上),可使用以下般的方法。 首先,使用分散機對氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子進行分散,藉此獲得分散物,於高溫(例如,850℃~1000℃)下對該分散物進行還原處理,藉此可獲得以鈦黑粒子為主成分且含有Si與Ti的被分散體。所述還原處理亦可於氨等還原性氣體的環境下進行。 作為氧化鈦,可列舉TTO-51N(商品名,石原產業製造)等。 作為二氧化矽粒子的市售品,可列舉埃洛希爾(AEROSIL)(註冊商標)90、130、150、200、255、300、380(商品名,贏創(Evonik)製造)等。 氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子的分散中亦可使用分散劑。作為分散劑,可列舉後述分散劑的欄中所說明者。 所述分散可於溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,可列舉水、有機溶劑。且可列舉後述有機溶劑的欄中所說明者。 Si/Ti被調整為例如0.05以上等的鈦黑例如可藉由日本專利特開2008-266045號公報的段落編號[0005]及段落編號[0016]~段落編號[0021]中記載的方法來製作。Further, it is also preferred to contain titanium black in the form of a dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms. In this form, titanium black is contained in the composition as a dispersion, and the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion (Si/Ti) is preferably 0.05 or more, more preferably 0.05. ~0.5, and further preferably 0.07 to 0.4. Here, the dispersion includes both a state in which titanium black is a primary particle and a state in which titanium black is agglomerated (secondary particle). In order to change the Si/Ti of the dispersion (for example, 0.05 or more), the following method can be used. First, a titanium oxide and cerium oxide particles are dispersed by using a dispersing machine, whereby a dispersion is obtained, and the dispersion is subjected to a reduction treatment at a high temperature (for example, 850 ° C to 1000 ° C), whereby titanium black particles can be obtained. It is a main component and contains a dispersion of Si and Ti. The reduction treatment can also be carried out in an environment of a reducing gas such as ammonia. Examples of the titanium oxide include TTO-51N (trade name, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.). As a commercial item of the cerium oxide particle, AEROSIL (registered trademark) 90, 130, 150, 200, 255, 300, 380 (trade name, manufactured by Evonik), etc. are mentioned. A dispersing agent can also be used for the dispersion of the titanium oxide and the cerium oxide particles. The dispersing agent can be mentioned in the column of the dispersing agent mentioned later. The dispersion can be carried out in a solvent. Examples of the solvent include water and an organic solvent. Further, the one described in the column of the organic solvent described later can be mentioned. Titanium black in which Si/Ti is adjusted to, for example, 0.05 or more, can be produced, for example, by the method described in paragraph number [0005] and paragraph number [0016] to paragraph number [0021] of JP-A-2008-266045. .

藉由將包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)調整為較佳的範圍(例如0.05以上),於使用包含該被分散體的組成物形成遮光膜時,遮光膜的形成區域外的源自組成物的殘渣物減少。再者,殘渣物包含源自鈦黑粒子、樹脂成分等組成物的成分。 殘渣物減少的理由仍未明確,推測為如上所述的被分散體有成為小粒徑的傾向(例如,粒徑為30 nm以下),進而該被分散體的包含Si原子的成分增加,藉此膜整體與基底的吸附性降低,該情況有助於提高遮光膜的形成中的未硬化的組成物(特別是鈦黑)的顯影去除性。 另外,對於遍及自紫外光至紅外光為止的廣範圍的波長區域的光而言,鈦黑的遮光性優異,因此使用所述包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體(較佳為Si/Ti以質量換算計為0.05以上者)形成的遮光膜發揮優異的遮光性。 再者,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)例如可使用日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0033中記載的方法(1-1)或方法(1-2)進行測定。 另外,關於使組成物硬化而獲得的遮光膜中所含有的被分散體,為了判斷該被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)是否為0.05以上而使用日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0035中記載的方法(2)。By adjusting the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms to a preferred range (for example, 0.05 or more), the composition containing the dispersion is used. When the light shielding film is formed, the residue derived from the composition outside the formation region of the light shielding film is reduced. Further, the residue contains a component derived from a composition such as titanium black particles or a resin component. The reason for the reduction of the residue is not clear, and it is presumed that the dispersion as described above tends to have a small particle diameter (for example, the particle diameter is 30 nm or less), and the component containing the Si atom in the dispersion increases. The adsorption of the entire film to the substrate is lowered, which contributes to improvement in development removability of the uncured composition (particularly titanium black) in the formation of the light-shielding film. Further, since light having a wide range of wavelength regions from ultraviolet light to infrared light has excellent light-shielding properties, the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms (preferably Si/Ti) is used. The light-shielding film formed by the mass conversion of 0.05 or more exhibits excellent light-shielding property. In addition, the content ratio (Si/Ti) of the Si atom to the Ti atom in the dispersion can be, for example, the method (1-1) or the method (1) described in paragraph 0033 of JP-A-2013-249417. 2) Perform the measurement. In addition, the dispersion to be contained in the light-shielding film obtained by curing the composition is used to determine whether the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is 0.05 or more. The method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of the publication No. 2013-249417.

包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體中,鈦黑可使用所述鈦黑。 另外,該被分散體中,出於調整分散性、著色性等目的,亦可將包含Cu、Fe、Mn、V、Ni等的複合氧化物、氧化鈷、氧化鐵、碳黑、苯胺黑等的黑色顏料的一種或兩種以上加以組合而以被分散體的形式與鈦黑併用。 該情況下,較佳為包含鈦黑的被分散體於所有被分散體中佔50質量%以上。 另外,該被分散體中,出於遮光性的調整等目的,只要不損及本發明的效果,則亦可視需要與鈦黑一同併用其他著色劑(有機顏料及染料等)。 以下,對將Si原子導入至被分散體時所使用的材料進行敍述。於將Si原子導入至被分散體時,只要使用二氧化矽等含有Si的物質即可。 作為可使用的二氧化矽,可列舉沈降二氧化矽、氣相二氧化矽、膠體二氧化矽、合成二氧化矽等,只要適宜選擇使用該些即可。 進而,於形成遮光膜時,二氧化矽粒子的粒徑若為小於膜厚的粒徑,則遮光性更優異,因此較佳為使用微粒子類型的二氧化矽作為二氧化矽粒子。再者,作為微粒子類型的二氧化矽的例子,例如可列舉日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0039中記載的二氧化矽,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。Among the dispersions containing titanium black and Si atoms, the titanium black can be used. In addition, in the dispersion, a composite oxide containing Cu, Fe, Mn, V, Ni, or the like, cobalt oxide, iron oxide, carbon black, aniline black, or the like may be used for the purpose of adjusting dispersibility, coloring, and the like. One or a combination of two or more black pigments is used in combination with titanium black in the form of a dispersion. In this case, it is preferred that the dispersion containing titanium black accounts for 50% by mass or more of all the dispersions. Further, in the dispersion, for the purpose of adjusting the light-shielding property, other coloring agents (organic pigments, dyes, etc.) may be used together with titanium black as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Hereinafter, the material used when introducing Si atoms into the dispersion will be described. When Si atoms are introduced into the dispersion, a substance containing Si such as cerium oxide may be used. Examples of the cerium oxide which can be used include precipitated cerium oxide, gas phase cerium oxide, colloidal cerium oxide, and synthetic cerium oxide, and these may be selected as appropriate. Further, when the light-shielding film is formed, if the particle diameter of the cerium oxide particles is smaller than the film thickness, the light-shielding property is more excellent. Therefore, it is preferable to use fine-particle type cerium oxide as the cerium oxide particles. In addition, as an example of the fine particle type cerium oxide, for example, cerium oxide described in paragraph 0039 of JP-A-2013-249417, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外,作為顏料,亦可使用鎢化合物、金屬硼化物。 以下,對鎢化合物及金屬硼化物進行詳細敘述。 本發明的硬化性組成物可使用鎢化合物及/或金屬硼化物。 鎢化合物及金屬硼化物為相對於紅外線(波長為約800 nm~1200 nm的光)的吸收高(即,相對於紅外線的遮光性(遮蔽性)高)、相對於可見光的吸收低的紅外線遮蔽材。因此,本發明的硬化性組成物藉由含有鎢化合物及/或金屬硼化物,可形成紅外區域中的遮光性高、可見光區域中的透光性高的圖案。 另外,鎢化合物及金屬硼化物相對於用於形成圖像的高壓水銀燈、KrF、ArF等曝光中所使用的較可見區域而言短波的光的吸收小。因此,藉由與後述的聚合性化合物、鹼可溶性樹脂及光聚合起始劑組合,可獲得優異的圖案,並且形成圖案時,可進一步抑制顯影殘渣。Further, as the pigment, a tungsten compound or a metal boride can also be used. Hereinafter, the tungsten compound and the metal boride will be described in detail. As the curable composition of the present invention, a tungsten compound and/or a metal boride can be used. The tungsten compound and the metal boride are high in absorption with respect to infrared rays (light having a wavelength of about 800 nm to 1200 nm) (that is, high light-shielding property (shielding property) with respect to infrared rays), and low-infrared shielding with respect to absorption of visible light. material. Therefore, the curable composition of the present invention can form a pattern having high light-shielding property in the infrared region and high light transmittance in the visible light region by containing a tungsten compound and/or a metal boride. Further, the tungsten compound and the metal boride have a small absorption of light of a short wave with respect to a visible region used for exposure of a high pressure mercury lamp for forming an image, KrF, ArF or the like. Therefore, by combining with a polymerizable compound, an alkali-soluble resin, and a photopolymerization initiator which will be described later, an excellent pattern can be obtained, and when a pattern is formed, development residue can be further suppressed.

作為鎢化合物,可列舉氧化鎢系化合物、硼化鎢系化合物、硫化鎢系化合物等,較佳為下述通式(組成式)(I)所表示的氧化鎢系化合物。   Mx Wy Oz ・・・(I)   M表示金屬,W表示鎢,O表示氧。   0.001≦x/y≦1.1 2.2≦z/y≦3.0Examples of the tungsten compound include a tungsten oxide-based compound, a tungsten boride-based compound, and a tungsten sulfide-based compound, and a tungsten oxide-based compound represented by the following general formula (composition formula) (I) is preferable. M x W y O z (I) M represents a metal, W represents tungsten, and O represents oxygen. 0.001≦x/y≦1.1 2.2≦z/y≦3.0

作為M的金屬,例如可列舉:鹼金屬、鹼土金屬、Mg、Zr、Cr、Mn、Fe、Ru、Co、Rh、Ir、Ni、Pd、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Al、Ga、In、Tl、Sn、Pb、Ti、Nb、V、Mo、Ta、Re、Be、Hf、Os、Bi等,較佳為鹼金屬。M的金屬可為一種,亦可為兩種以上。Examples of the metal of M include an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, Mg, Zr, Cr, Mn, Fe, Ru, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, and Al. And Ga, In, Tl, Sn, Pb, Ti, Nb, V, Mo, Ta, Re, Be, Hf, Os, Bi, etc., preferably an alkali metal. The metal of M may be one type or two or more types.

M較佳為鹼金屬,更佳為Rb或Cs,進而佳為Cs。M is preferably an alkali metal, more preferably Rb or Cs, and further preferably Cs.

藉由x/y為0.001以上,可充分地遮蔽紅外線,藉由x/y為1.1以下,可進一步確實地避免於鎢化合物中生成雜質相的情況。 藉由z/y為2.2以上,可進一步提高作為材料的化學穩定性,藉由z/y為3.0以下,可充分地遮蔽紅外線。When x/y is 0.001 or more, infrared rays can be sufficiently shielded, and by x/y being 1.1 or less, it is possible to more reliably prevent the formation of an impurity phase in the tungsten compound. When z/y is 2.2 or more, the chemical stability of the material can be further improved, and by z/y being 3.0 or less, infrared rays can be sufficiently shielded.

作為所述通式(I)所表示的氧化鎢系化合物的具體例,可列舉:Cs0.33 WO3 、Rb0.33 WO3 、K0.33 WO3 、Ba0.33 WO3 等,較佳為Cs0.33 WO3 或Rb0.33 WO3 ,更佳為Cs0.33 WO3Specific examples of the tungsten oxide-based compound represented by the above formula (I) include Cs 0.33 WO 3 , Rb 0.33 WO 3 , K 0.33 WO 3 , Ba 0.33 WO 3 , etc., preferably Cs 0.33 WO 3 . Or Rb 0.33 WO 3 , more preferably Cs 0.33 WO 3 .

鎢化合物較佳為微粒子。鎢微粒子的平均粒子徑較佳為800 nm以下,更佳為400 nm以下,進而佳為200 nm以下。藉由平均粒子徑為此種範圍,鎢微粒子藉由光散射而難以阻斷可見光,因此可使可見光區域中的透光性更可靠。就避免光酸亂的觀點而言,平均粒子徑越小越佳,就製造時的操作容易性等理由而言,鎢微粒子的平均粒子徑通常為1 nm以上。The tungsten compound is preferably fine particles. The average particle diameter of the tungsten fine particles is preferably 800 nm or less, more preferably 400 nm or less, and further preferably 200 nm or less. Since the average particle diameter is in such a range, the tungsten fine particles are difficult to block visible light by light scattering, and thus the light transmittance in the visible light region can be made more reliable. In view of avoiding light and acid, the average particle diameter is preferably as small as possible, and the average particle diameter of the tungsten fine particles is usually 1 nm or more for reasons such as ease of handling during production.

另外,鎢化合物可使用兩種以上。Further, two or more kinds of tungsten compounds can be used.

鎢化合物可作為市售品而獲得,於鎢化合物例如為氧化鎢系化合物的情況下,氧化鎢系化合物可藉由在惰性氣體環境或還原性氣體環境中對鎢化合物進行熱處理的方法而獲得(參照日本專利第4096205號公報)。 另外,氧化鎢系化合物例如可作為住友金屬礦山股份有限公司製造的YMF-02等鎢微粒子的分散物而獲得。The tungsten compound can be obtained as a commercially available product. When the tungsten compound is, for example, a tungsten oxide-based compound, the tungsten oxide-based compound can be obtained by a method of heat-treating a tungsten compound in an inert gas atmosphere or a reducing gas atmosphere ( Refer to Japanese Patent No. 4096205). Further, the tungsten oxide-based compound can be obtained, for example, as a dispersion of tungsten fine particles such as YMF-02 manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.

另外,作為金屬硼化物,可列舉:硼化鑭(LaB6 )、硼化鐠(PrB6 )、硼化釹(NdB6 )、硼化鈰(CeB6 )、硼化釔(YB6 )、硼化鈦(TiB2 )、硼化鋯(ZrB2 )、硼化鉿(HfB2 )、硼化釩(VB2 )、硼化鉭(TaB2 )、硼化鉻(CrB、CrB2 )、硼化鉬(MoB2 、Mo2 B5 、MoB)、硼化鎢(W2 B5 )等的一種或兩種以上,較佳為硼化鑭(LaB6 )。Further, as the metal boride include: lanthanum boride (LaB 6), praseodymium boride (PrB 6), neodymium boride (NdB 6), cerium boride (CeB 6), yttrium boride (YB 6), Titanium boride (TiB 2 ), zirconium boride (ZrB 2 ), hafnium boride (HfB 2 ), vanadium boride (VB 2 ), tantalum boride (TaB 2 ), chromium boride (CrB, CrB 2 ), One or two or more kinds of molybdenum boride (MoB 2 , Mo 2 B 5 , MoB), tungsten boride (W 2 B 5 ), etc., are preferably lanthanum boride (LaB 6 ).

金屬硼化物較佳為微粒子。金屬硼化物微粒子的平均粒子徑較佳為800 nm以下,更佳為300 nm以下,進而佳為100 nm以下。藉由平均粒子徑為此種範圍,金屬硼化物微粒子藉由光散射而難以阻斷可見光,因此可使可見光區域中的透光性更可靠。就避免光酸亂的觀點而言,平均粒子徑越小越佳,就製造時的操作容易性等理由而言,金屬硼化物微粒子的平均粒子徑通常為1 nm以上。The metal boride is preferably a microparticle. The average particle diameter of the metal boride fine particles is preferably 800 nm or less, more preferably 300 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less. Since the average particle diameter is in such a range, the metal boride fine particles are difficult to block visible light by light scattering, and thus the light transmittance in the visible light region can be made more reliable. In view of avoiding light and acid, the average particle diameter is preferably as small as possible, and the average particle diameter of the metal boride fine particles is usually 1 nm or more for reasons such as ease of handling during production.

另外,金屬硼化物可使用兩種以上。Further, two or more kinds of metal borides may be used.

金屬硼化物可作為市售品而獲得,例如可作為住友金屬礦山股份有限公司製造的KHF-7等金屬硼化物微粒子的分散物而獲得。The metal boride can be obtained as a commercial product, and can be obtained, for example, as a dispersion of metal boride fine particles such as KHF-7 manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.

[染料] 作為染料,例如可使用在日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中所揭示的色素。若以化學結構的形式來區分,則可使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺基偶氮化合物、三苯基甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、苯亞甲基化合物、氧雜菁化合物、吡唑并三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物、吡咯并吡唑偶氮甲鹼(pyrrolopyrazole azomethine)化合物等。另外,作為染料,亦可使用色素多聚物。作為色素多聚物,可列舉日本專利特開2011-213925號公報、日本專利特開2013-041097號公報中所記載的化合物。[Dye] As the dye, for example, JP-A-64-90403, JP-A-64-91102, JP-A-1-94301, and JP-A-6-11614 can be used. Bulletin, Japanese Patent No. 2592207, U.S. Patent No. 4,808,501, U.S. Patent No. 5,568, 520, U.S. Patent No. 5,567, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5,505,950, U.S. Patent No. 5,567,920, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-333207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35183 The pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-51115, and the like. If it is distinguished by a chemical structure, a pyrazole azo compound, a pyrrolemethylene compound, an anilino azo compound, a triphenylmethane compound, a hydrazine compound, a benzylidene compound, or an oxophthalocyanine compound can be used. And a pyrazolotriazole azo compound, a pyridone azo compound, a cyanine compound, a phenothiazine compound, a pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compound, and the like. Further, as the dye, a dye polymer can also be used. The compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A-2011-041097, and JP-A-2013-041097.

另外,本發明中,作為著色劑,可使用於波長800 nm~900 nm的範圍具有最大吸收的著色劑。 作為具有此種分光特性的著色劑,例如可列舉:吡咯并吡咯化合物、銅化合物、花青化合物、酞菁化合物、亞銨(iminium)化合物、硫醇錯合物系化合物、過渡金屬氧化物系化合物、方酸內鎓鹽(squarylium)化合物、萘酞菁(naphthalocyanine)化合物、誇特銳烯(quaterrylene)化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物系化合物、克酮酸(croconium)化合物等。 酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、亞銨化合物、花青化合物、方酸內鎓鹽化合物及克酮酸化合物亦可使用日本專利特開2010-111750號公報的段落0010~段落0081中揭示的化合物,將該內容併入至本說明書中。花青化合物例如可參考「功能性色素,大河原信/松岡賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮・著,講談社科技」,將該內容併入至本申請案說明書中。Further, in the present invention, as a coloring agent, a coloring agent having a maximum absorption in a wavelength range of 800 nm to 900 nm can be used. Examples of the coloring agent having such a spectral characteristic include a pyrrolopyrrole compound, a copper compound, a cyanine compound, a phthalocyanine compound, an iminium compound, a thiol complex compound, and a transition metal oxide system. A compound, a squarylium compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a quaterrylene compound, a dithiol metal complex compound, a croconium compound, or the like. The phthalocyanine compound, the naphthalocyanine compound, the iminium compound, the cyanine compound, the squaraine ylide compound, and the keto acid compound may also be those disclosed in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of JP-A-2010-111750. This content is incorporated into the present specification. The cyanine compound can be referred to, for example, "Functional Colorings, Okawa Shinshin / Matsuoka Hyun / Kitajima Jiro / Hiratsuka Hiroshi, Kodansha Technology", and the contents are incorporated into the specification of the present application.

作為具有所述分光特性的著色劑,亦可使用日本專利特開平07-164729號公報的段落0004~段落0016中揭示的化合物、日本專利特開2002-146254號公報的段落0027~段落0062中揭示的化合物、日本專利特開2011-164583號公報的段落0034~段落0067中揭示的包含含有Cu及/或P的氧化物的微晶且數量平均凝聚粒子徑為5 nm~200 nm的近紅外線吸收粒子。As the coloring agent having the above-mentioned spectral characteristics, the compound disclosed in paragraphs 0004 to 0016 of JP-A-2007-164729, and the disclosure of paragraph 0027 to paragraph 0062 of JP-A-2002-146254 can also be used. The near-infrared absorption including the crystallite containing Cu and/or P oxide and the number average agglomerated particle diameter of 5 nm to 200 nm disclosed in paragraph 0034 to paragraph 0067 of JP-A-2011-164583 particle.

本發明中,於波長800 nm~900 nm的範圍具有最大吸收的著色劑較佳為吡咯并吡咯化合物。吡咯并吡咯化合物可為顏料,亦可為染料,就容易獲得可形成耐熱性優異的膜的硬化性組成物的理由而言,較佳為顏料。 關於吡咯并吡咯化合物的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2009-263614號公報的段落編號0017~段落編號0047的記載,將該內容併入至本說明書中。另外,作為其具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2009-263614號公報的段落編號0049~段落編號0058中記載的化合物等,將該內容併入至本說明書中。In the present invention, the coloring agent having the maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 900 nm is preferably a pyrrolopyrrole compound. The pyrrolopyrrole compound may be a pigment or a dye, and is preferably a pigment because it is easy to obtain a curable composition capable of forming a film excellent in heat resistance. For details of the pyrrolopyrrole compound, the description of Paragraph No. 0017 to Paragraph No. 0047 of JP-A-2009-263614 is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, as a specific example, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0049 to Paragraph No. 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614 is incorporated herein by reference.

另外,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2014/142144號的段落0027~段落0200中記載的染料多聚物、或日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落0018~段落0078的染料多聚物。Further, the dye polymer described in paragraph 0027 to paragraph 0200 of International Publication No. 2014/142144 or the dye polymer of paragraph 0018 to paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2011-242752 can also be preferably used. .

進而,本發明的硬化性組成物亦可視需要而包含體質顏料。作為此種體質顏料,例如可列舉:硫酸鋇、碳酸鋇、碳酸鈣、二氧化矽、鹼性碳酸鎂、氧化鋁白、光澤白(gloss white)、鈦白、水滑石(hydrotalcite)等。該些體質顏料可單獨使用或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於著色劑100質量份,體質顏料的使用量通常為0質量份~100質量份,較佳為5質量份~50質量份,更佳為10質量份~40質量份。本發明中,關於著色劑及體質顏料,亦可視情況以聚合物對該些的表面進行改質而使用。 另外,除黑色顏料、或者可見光區域的波長的光的透過性優異、遮蔽紅外線區域的波長的光的功能優異的顏料以外,亦可視需要包含紅色、藍色、黃色、綠色、紫色等的著色有機顏料或染料。於併用著色有機顏料或染料與黑色顏料、或者可見光區域的波長的光的透過性優異、遮蔽紅外線區域的波長的光的功能優異的顏料的情況下,較佳為使用相對於黑色顏料、或者可見光區域的波長的光的透過性優異、遮蔽紅外線區域的波長的光的功能優異的顏料為1質量%~40質量%的紅色顏料或染料,紅色或染料較佳為顏料紅254。Further, the curable composition of the present invention may contain an extender pigment as needed. Examples of such an extender pigment include barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, cerium oxide, basic magnesium carbonate, alumina white, gloss white, titanium white, hydrotalcite, and the like. These extender pigments may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the extender pigment used is usually from 0 part by mass to 100 parts by mass, preferably from 5 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent. In the present invention, the coloring agent and the extender pigment may be used by modifying the surface of the polymer as the case may be. In addition, in addition to a black pigment or a pigment having a high wavelength of light in a visible light region and a function of shielding light having a wavelength of an infrared region, it is also possible to include a colored organic such as red, blue, yellow, green, or purple. Pigment or dye. When a coloring organic pigment, a dye, a black pigment, or a light having a wavelength of light in a visible light region is used in combination, and a pigment having a function of shielding light of a wavelength in an infrared region is used, it is preferable to use a black pigment or visible light. The pigment having excellent wavelength in the wavelength of the region is excellent in the function of shielding the light of the wavelength of the infrared region, and the red pigment or dye is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass, and the red or dye is preferably Pigment Red 254.

相對於組成物中的總固體成分,組成物中的著色劑(特佳為黑色顏料)的含量較佳為20質量%~80質量%,更佳為30質量%~70質量%,進而佳為35質量%~60質量%。The content of the color former (particularly preferably a black pigment) in the composition is preferably from 20% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition, and further preferably 35 mass% to 60 mass%.

[分散劑] 本發明的組成物較佳為含有分散劑。分散劑有助於提高所述鈦黑等著色顏料的分散性。 作為分散劑,例如可適宜選擇使用公知的顏料分散劑。其中,較佳為高分子化合物。 作為分散劑,可列舉:高分子分散劑[例如,聚醯胺胺與其鹽、多羧酸與其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、聚氧伸乙基烷基磷酸酯、聚氧伸乙基烷基胺及顏料衍生物等。 高分子化合物可根據其結構而進而分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子及嵌段型高分子。[Dispersant] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant. The dispersant contributes to the improvement of the dispersibility of the colored pigment such as titanium black. As the dispersing agent, for example, a known pigment dispersing agent can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, a polymer compound is preferred. The dispersing agent may, for example, be a polymer dispersing agent [for example, polyamidoamine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, a modified polyurethane, a modified polyester, and a modified product. A poly(meth)acrylate, a (meth)acrylic copolymer, a naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate, a polyoxyalkyleneethylalkyl phosphate, a polyoxyalkyleneamine, a pigment derivative, and the like. The polymer compound can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure.

高分子化合物以吸附於黑色顏料等著色劑及視需要併用的顏料等被分散體的表面而防止再凝聚的方式發揮作用。因此,可列舉具有對顏料表面的錨固部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子作為較佳結構。 另一方面,藉由對鈦黑及所述包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體的表面進行改質,亦可促進高分子化合物對於該些的吸附性。The polymer compound functions to prevent re-aggregation by being adsorbed on a surface of the dispersion by a coloring agent such as a black pigment or a pigment which is used in combination as needed. Therefore, a terminal modified polymer having a graft site on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer, and a block polymer are preferable. On the other hand, by modifying the surface of the titanium black and the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms, the adsorptivity of the polymer compound to these can be promoted.

高分子化合物較佳為包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元。再者,本說明書中,「結構單元」與「重複單元」為相同含義。 此種包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物藉由接枝鏈而具有與溶劑的親和性,因此黑色顏料等著色顏料的分散性、及經時後的分散穩定性優異。另外,組成物中,藉由接枝鏈的存在而具有與聚合性化合物或其他可併用的樹脂等的親和性,因此難以於鹼顯影中產生殘渣。 若接枝鏈變長則立體排斥效果提高而分散性提高,另一方面若接枝鏈過長則有對黑色顏料等著色顏料的吸附力降低而分散性降低的傾向。因此,接枝鏈較佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000的範圍,更佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為50~2000,進而佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為60~500。 此處,所謂接枝鏈,是表示自共聚物的主鏈的根部(從主鏈分支的基中鍵結於主鏈的原子)直至從主鏈分支的基的末端為止。The polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit having a graft chain. In the present specification, the "structural unit" has the same meaning as the "repeating unit". Since such a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain has affinity with a solvent by a graft chain, it is excellent in dispersibility of a color pigment such as a black pigment and dispersion stability after passage. Further, since the composition has affinity with a polymerizable compound or other reusable resin or the like by the presence of a graft chain, it is difficult to generate a residue in alkali development. When the graft chain becomes long, the steric repellency effect is improved and the dispersibility is improved. On the other hand, if the graft chain is too long, the adsorption force against a color pigment such as a black pigment is lowered, and the dispersibility tends to be lowered. Therefore, the graft chain preferably has a number of atoms other than the hydrogen atom in the range of 40 to 10,000, more preferably 50 to 2,000 atoms other than the hydrogen atom, and more preferably 60 atoms other than the hydrogen atom. 500. Here, the graft chain is represented by the root of the main chain of the copolymer (the atom bonded to the main chain from the group branched by the main chain) up to the end of the group branched from the main chain.

接枝鏈較佳為具有聚合物結構,作為此種聚合物結構,例如可列舉:聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構(例如,聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構)、聚酯結構、聚胺基甲酸酯結構、聚脲結構、聚醯胺結構及聚醚結構等。 為了使接枝鏈與溶劑的相互作用性提升並藉此提高分散性,接枝鏈較佳為具有選自由聚酯結構、聚醚結構及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構所組成的群組中的至少一種的接枝鏈,更佳為具有聚酯結構及聚醚結構的至少任一種的接枝鏈。The graft chain preferably has a polymer structure, and examples of such a polymer structure include a poly(meth)acrylate structure (for example, a poly(meth)acrylic acid structure), a polyester structure, and a polyamine group. Acid ester structure, polyurea structure, polyamine structure and polyether structure. In order to enhance the interaction of the graft chain with the solvent and thereby improve the dispersibility, the graft chain preferably has a group selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylate structure. The graft chain of at least one of the graft chains is more preferably a graft chain having at least any one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure.

具有此種聚合物結構作為接枝鏈的巨分子單體的結構並無特別限定,較佳為可較佳地使用具有反應性雙鍵性基的巨分子單體。The structure of the macromonomer having such a polymer structure as a graft chain is not particularly limited, and a macromonomer having a reactive double bond group is preferably used.

對應於高分子化合物所包含的具有接枝鏈的結構單元,作為高分子化合物的合成中較佳地使用的市售的巨分子單體,可使用:AA-6(商品名,東亞合成(股))、AA-10(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AB-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AS-6(商品名,東亞合成(股))、AN-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AW-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AA-714(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AY-707(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AY-714(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-5(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-30(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-32(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-100(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-500(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-800(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-1000(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)55-PET-800(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PME-4000(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PSE-400(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PSE-1300(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)43PAPE-600B(商品名,日油(股)製造)等。其中,較佳為可使用AA-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AA-10(商品名,東亞合成(股))、AB-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AS-6(商品名,東亞合成(股))、AN-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PME-4000(商品名,日油(股)製造)等。Corresponding to a structural unit having a graft chain contained in a polymer compound, as a commercially available macromonomer which is preferably used in the synthesis of a polymer compound, AA-6 (trade name, East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) can be used. )), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AS-6 (trade name, East Asian Synthetic (Share)), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AY-707 (trade name, East Asia) Synthetic (manufactured by the company), AY-714 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AK-5 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AK-30 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) ), AK-32 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-100 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-500 (trade name) , manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., Blemmer PP-800 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), cloth Blemmer PP-1000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer 55-PET-800 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME- 4000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PSE-400 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PSE-1300 (trade name, Nippon Oil ( () manufacturing), Blemmer 43PAPE-600B (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), etc. Among them, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AA-10 (trade name, East Asian Synthetic Co., Ltd.), and AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asian Synthetic Co., Ltd.) are preferably used. , AS-6 (trade name, East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.) Wait.

高分子化合物較佳為包含下述式(1)~式(4)的任一者所表示的結構單元作為具有接枝鏈的結構單元,更佳為包含下述式(1A)、下述式(2A)、下述式(3A)、下述式(3B)及下述(4)的任一者所表示的結構單元。The polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4) as a structural unit having a graft chain, and more preferably contains the following formula (1A) and the following formula: (2A), a structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following (4).

[化1] [Chemical 1]

式(1)~式(4)中,W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH。W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 較佳為氧原子。 式(1)~式(4)中,X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基。作為X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 ,就合成方面的制約的觀點而言,較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,進而佳為分別獨立地為甲基。In the formulae (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms. In the formulae (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably independently. The ground is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and it is preferably each independently a methyl group.

式(1)~式(4)中,Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 分別獨立地表示二價連結基,連結基於結構方面並無特別制約。作為Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 所表示的二價連結基,具體而言可列舉下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基等作為例子。下述所示的結構中,A、B分別是指與式(1)~式(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位。下述所示的結構中,就合成的簡便性而言,更佳為(Y-2)或(Y-13)。In the formulae (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the connection is not particularly limited depending on the structure. Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 include the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking groups. In the structures shown below, A and B refer to the bonding sites of the left terminal group and the right terminal group in the formulae (1) to (4), respectively. Among the structures shown below, it is more preferably (Y-2) or (Y-13) in terms of ease of synthesis.

[化2] [Chemical 2]

式(1)~式(4)中,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 分別獨立地表示一價有機基。有機基的結構並無特別限定,具體而言可列舉:烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳基氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳基硫醚基、雜芳基硫醚基及胺基等。該些中,作為Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 所表示的有機基,特別是就提高分散性的觀點而言,較佳為具有立體排斥效果的基,且較佳為分別獨立地為碳數5至24的烷基或烷氧基,其中,特佳為分別獨立地為碳數5至24的分支烷基、碳數5至24的環狀烷基或碳數5至24的烷氧基。再者,烷氧基中所含的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀的任一種。In the formulae (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkyl sulfide group, an aryl sulfide group, and a heteroaryl group. Sulfether groups and amine groups, and the like. Among these, as the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 , in particular, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferable, and it is preferable to independently independently An alkyl group or alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 5 to 24, respectively. Alkoxy. Further, the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic group.

式(1)~式(4)中,n、m、p及q分別獨立地為1至500的整數。 另外,式(1)及式(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。就分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點而言,式(1)及式(2)中的j及k較佳為4~6的整數,更佳為5。In the formulae (1) to (4), n, m, p and q are each independently an integer of from 1 to 500. Further, in the formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability, j and k in the formulae (1) and (2) are preferably an integer of 4 to 6, more preferably 5.

式(3)中,R3 表示分支或直鏈的伸烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數2或3的伸烷基。當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3 彼此可相同亦可不同。 式(4)中,R4 表示氫原子或一價有機基,該一價有機基於結構方面並無特別限定。R4 較佳為可列舉氫原子、烷基、芳基及雜芳基,進而佳為氫原子或烷基。於R4 為烷基的情況下,作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的分支狀烷基或碳數5~20的環狀烷基,更佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基,特佳為碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基。式(4)中,當q為2~500時,於接枝共聚物中存在多個的X5 及R4 彼此可相同亦可不同。In the formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or linear alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other. In the formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic compound is not particularly limited in terms of structure. R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the formula (4), when q is from 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different.

另外,高分子化合物可包含兩種以上的結構不同的具有接枝鏈的結構單元。即,高分子化合物的分子中,亦可包含結構彼此不同的式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元,另外,式(1)~式(4)中,於n、m、p及q分別表示2以上的整數的情況下,式(1)及式(2)中,於側鏈中亦可包含j及k彼此不同的結構,式(3)及式(4)中,於分子內存在多個的R3 、R4 及X5 彼此可相同亦可不同。Further, the polymer compound may contain two or more structural units having a graft chain different in structure. In other words, the molecules of the polymer compound may include structural units represented by the formulae (1) to (4) having different structures, and in the formulas (1) to (4), n, m, and p. When q and q respectively represent an integer of 2 or more, in the formulas (1) and (2), a structure in which j and k are different from each other may be included in the side chain, and in the formulas (3) and (4), A plurality of R 3 , R 4 and X 5 in the molecule may be the same or different from each other.

就分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點而言,式(1)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(1A)所表示的結構單元。 另外,就分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點而言,式(2)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(2A)所表示的結構單元。The structural unit represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the developability. In addition, the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the developability.

[化3] [Chemical 3]

式(1A)中,X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n與式(1)中的X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。式(2A)中,X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m與式(2)中的X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (1A), X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n of formula X (1) is 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n have the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same. In formula (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and 2, Y 2 m of formula X (2) is, Z 2 and m are the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same.

另外,就分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點而言,式(3)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(3A)或式(3B)所表示的結構單元。In addition, the structural unit represented by the formula (3) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or (3B) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the developability.

[化4] [Chemical 4]

式(3A)或式(3B)中,X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p與式(3)中的X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。In formula (3A) or the formula (3B), X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p of formula X (3) is 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p have the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same.

高分子化合物更佳為包含式(1A)所表示的結構單元作為具有接枝鏈的結構單元。More preferably, the polymer compound contains a structural unit represented by the formula (1A) as a structural unit having a graft chain.

高分子化合物中,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以質量換算計較佳為以2%~90%的範圍包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元(例如,所述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元),更佳為以5%~30%的範圍包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元。若於該範圍內包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元,則黑色顏料等著色顏料(特別是鈦黑粒子)的分散性高,形成硬化膜時的顯影性良好。In the polymer compound, a structural unit having a graft chain is preferably contained in a range of 2% to 90% in terms of mass, based on the total mass of the polymer compound (for example, the formula (1) to the formula (4) The structural unit represented) more preferably contains a structural unit having a graft chain in a range of 5% to 30%. When a structural unit having a graft chain is contained in this range, the coloring pigment such as a black pigment (especially titanium black particles) has high dispersibility, and the developability at the time of forming a cured film is good.

另外,高分子化合物較佳為包含與具有接枝鏈的結構單元不同(即,並不相當於具有接枝鏈的結構單元)的疏水性結構單元。其中,本發明中,疏水性結構單元為不具有酸基(例如,羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基、酚性羥基等)的結構單元。Further, the polymer compound preferably contains a hydrophobic structural unit which is different from the structural unit having a graft chain (that is, does not correspond to a structural unit having a graft chain). In the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit is a structural unit having no acid group (for example, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, or the like).

疏水性結構單元較佳為源自(對應於)ClogP值為1.2以上的化合物(單體)的結構單元,更佳為源自ClogP值為1.2~8的化合物的結構單元。藉此,可更確實地顯現出本發明的效果。The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably a structural unit derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. Thereby, the effects of the present invention can be more reliably exhibited.

ClogP值是藉由可自日光化學信息系統股份有限公司(Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc.)獲得的程式「CLOGP」進行計算而得的值。該程式提供藉由漢施、里奧(Hansch, Leo)的片段法(fragment approach)(參照下述文獻)算出的「計算logP」的值。片段法是基於化合物的化學結構將化學結構分割為部分結構(片段),並將相對於該片段分配的logP貢獻值加以合計,藉此推算化合物的logP值。其詳細情況記載於以下的文獻中。本發明使用藉由程式CLOGP v4.82計算的ClogP值。 A. J.里奧(A. J. Leo)的「綜合醫藥化學(Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry)」第4卷,C.漢施(C. Hansch)、P. G.賽門(P. G. Sammnens)、J. B.泰勒(J. B. Taylor)與C. A.拉姆登(C. A. Ramsden)編輯、第295頁、培格曼出版社(Pergamon Press)、1990;C.漢施(C. Hansch)與A. J.里奧(A. J. Leo)的「化學和生物中的相關分析用的取代基常數(SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology)」、約翰威立父子出版公司(John Wiley & Sons);A. J.里奧(A.J. Leo)「由結構計算logPoct(Calculating logPoct from structure)」、化學評論(Chem. Rev.)93、1281-1306、1993。The ClogP value is a value calculated by a program "CLOGP" available from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. This program provides the value of "calculated logP" calculated by the fragment approach of Hansch and Leo (see the following document). The fragment method divides the chemical structure into partial structures (fragments) based on the chemical structure of the compound, and sums the logP contribution values assigned to the fragments, thereby estimating the logP value of the compound. The details are described in the following documents. The present invention uses the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82. AJ Leo's "Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry" Volume 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammnens, JB Taylor and CA Ram Edited by CA Ramsden, page 295, Pergamon Press, 1990; C. Hansch and AJ Leo, "Analysis of correlations in chemistry and biology." SUBstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology, John Wiley &Sons; AJ Leo "Calculating log Poct from structure" Chemical Review (Chem. Rev.) 93, 1281-1306, 1993.

logP是指分配係數P(Partition Coefficient)的常用對數,是以定量的數值表示某有機化合物於油(通常為1-辛醇)與水的兩相系的平衡下如何分配的物性值,由以下的式子表示。   logP=log(Coil/Cwater)   式中,Coil表示油相中的化合物的莫耳濃度,Cwater表示水相中的化合物的莫耳濃度。 logP的值若以0為中心向正數變大,則是指油溶性增大,若為負數且絕對值變大,則是指水溶性增大,與有機化合物的水溶性處於負相關關係,被廣泛利用為評估有機化合物的親疏水性的參數。logP refers to the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), which is a quantitative numerical value indicating how the organic compound is distributed under the balance of two phases of oil (usually 1-octanol) and water. The expression of the formula. logP = log (Coil / Cwater) wherein Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the aqueous phase. When the value of logP increases toward a positive number from 0, it means that the oil solubility increases. If it is a negative number and the absolute value becomes large, it means that the water solubility increases and is negatively correlated with the water solubility of the organic compound. It is widely used as a parameter for evaluating the hydrophilicity of organic compounds.

高分子化合物較佳為具有選自源自下述通式(i)~通式(iii)所表示的單量體的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元作為疏水性結構單元。The polymer compound preferably has one or more structural units selected from the structural units derived from the unitary bodies represented by the following general formulas (i) to (iii) as the hydrophobic structural unit.

[化5] [Chemical 5]

所述式(i)~式(iii)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 R1 、R2 及R3 較佳為氫原子、或碳原子數為1~3的烷基,更佳為氫原子或甲基。R2 及R3 進而佳為氫原子。 X表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),較佳為氧原子。In the formulae (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) or an alkane having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Base (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are further preferably a hydrogen atom. X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imido group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom.

L為單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,可列舉:二價脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代的伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代的伸烯基、伸炔基、經取代的伸炔基)、二價芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、經取代的伸芳基)、二價雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基(-NR31 -,此處R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)、或該些的組合等。L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group may, for example, be a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynylene group or a substituted alkynyl group). a divalent aromatic group (for example, an extended aryl group, a substituted aryl group), a divalent heterocyclic group, an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imido group (-NH-) And a substituted imido group (-NR 31 - wherein R 31 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl group (-CO-), or a combination thereof.

二價脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。脂肪族基可為不飽和脂肪族基亦可為飽和脂肪族基,較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、芳香族基及雜環基等。The divalent aliphatic group may also have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and still more preferably from 1 to 10. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, preferably a saturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價芳香族基的碳原子數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基等。The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, more preferably from 6 to 10. Further, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32 ,此處R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. Other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may also be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (=O), a thioketone group (=S), an imido group (=NH), a substituted imido group (=NR 32 , this Wherein R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.

L較佳為單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基。氧伸烷基結構更佳為氧伸乙基結構或氧伸丙基結構。另外,L亦可包含重複含有兩個以上的氧伸烷基結構的聚氧伸烷基結構。聚氧伸烷基結構較佳為聚氧伸乙基結構或聚氧伸丙基結構。聚氧伸乙基結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n較佳為2以上的整數,更佳為2~10的整數。L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxygen-extended alkyl structure. The oxygen-extended alkyl structure is more preferably an oxygen-extended ethyl structure or an oxygen-extended propyl structure. Further, L may also contain a polyoxyalkylene structure having a repeating structure containing two or more oxygen-extended alkyl groups. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyalkylene structure or a polyoxyalkylene structure. The polyoxyalkylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.

作為Z,可列舉:脂肪族基(例如,烷基、經取代的烷基、不飽和烷基、經取代的不飽和烷基)、芳香族基(例如,芳基、經取代的芳基、伸芳基、經取代的伸芳基)、雜環基、或該些的組合。亦可於該些基中包含氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基(-NR31 -,此處R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)。As Z, an aliphatic group (for example, an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsaturated alkyl group, a substituted unsaturated alkyl group), an aromatic group (for example, an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, or the like) may be mentioned. An aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a combination thereof. The base may also contain an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imido group (-NH-), a substituted imine group (-NR 31 -, where R 31 is An aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl group (-CO-).

脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。脂肪族基中可進而包含集合環烴基、交聯環式烴基,集合環烴基的例子包含雙環己基、全氫萘基、聯苯基、4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴環,例如可列舉:蒎烷、莰烷、降蒎烷、降莰烷、雙環辛烷環(雙環[2.2.2]辛烷環、雙環[3.2.1]辛烷環等)等二環式烴環,三環[5.2.1.03,8 ]癸烷(Homobredane)、金剛烷、三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷、三環[4.3.1.12,5 ]十一烷環等三環式烴環,四環[4.4.0.12,5 .17,10 ]十二烷、全氫-1,4-甲橋-5,8-甲橋萘環等四環式烴環等。另外,交聯環式烴環亦包含縮合環式烴環,例如全氫萘(十氫萘)、全氫蒽、全氫菲、全氫苊、全氫茀、全氫茚、全氫萉環等5員環烷烴環~8員環烷烴環的多個縮合而成的縮合環。 較不飽和脂肪族基而言,脂肪族基較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,脂肪族基並不具有酸基作為取代基。The aliphatic group may also have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and still more preferably from 1 to 10. The aliphatic group may further contain a cyclic hydrocarbon group or a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include a dicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a 4-cyclohexylphenyl group and the like. Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include decane, decane, norbornane, norbornane, and bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo[2.2.2]octane ring, bicyclo[3.2.1]octane ring. And other bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 3,8 ]decane (Homobredane), adamantane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, tricyclo[4.3.1.1 2,5 a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring such as undecane ring, tetracyclo[4.4.0.1 2,5 .1 7,10 ]dodecane, perhydro-1,4-methyl bridge-5,8-methylnaphthalene ring, etc. A tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring or the like. In addition, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring, such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydrohydroquinone, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene, perhydroindole ring A condensed ring obtained by condensing a plurality of 5-membered cycloalkane rings to 8-membered cycloalkane rings. In the case of a less unsaturated aliphatic group, the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. Among them, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

芳香族基的碳原子數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,芳香族基並不具有酸基作為取代基。The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, more preferably from 6 to 10. Further, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. Among them, the aromatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32 ,此處R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,雜環基並不具有酸基作為取代基。The heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. Other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may also be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (=O), a thioketone group (=S), an imido group (=NH), a substituted imido group (=NR 32 , this Wherein R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group. Among them, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

所述式(iii)中,R4 、R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、Z、或L-Z。此處,L及Z與所述的L及Z為相同含義。R4 、R5 及R6 較佳為氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為氫原子。In the formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), Z, or LZ. Here, L and Z have the same meanings as the above-mentioned L and Z. R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為所述通式(i)所表示的單量體,較佳為R1 、R2 及R3 為氫原子或甲基、L為單鍵或伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基、X為氧原子或亞胺基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。 另外,作為所述通式(ii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R1 為氫原子或甲基、L為伸烷基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。另外,作為所述通式(iii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R4 、R5 及R6 為氫原子或甲基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。In the present invention, as the monolith represented by the above formula (i), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is a single bond or an alkylene group or contains an alkylene oxide. A divalent linking group of a radical structure, a compound wherein X is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group. Further, as the monomer of the above formula (ii), a compound wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferred. . Further, as the monomer of the above formula (iii), a compound wherein R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferred. .

作為式(i)~式(iii)所表示的具代表性的化合物的例子,可列舉選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸酯類、苯乙烯類等中的自由基聚合性化合物。 再者,作為式(i)~式(iii)所表示的具代表性的化合物的例子,可參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0089~段落0093中記載的化合物,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。Examples of the representative compound represented by the formula (i) to the formula (iii) include a radical polymerizable compound selected from the group consisting of acrylates, methacrylates, and styrenes. In addition, as an example of the representative compound represented by the formula (i) to the formula (iii), the compound described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP-A-2013-249417 can be referred to. Incorporated into this specification.

高分子化合物中,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以質量換算計較佳為以10%~90%的範圍包含疏水性結構單元,更佳為以20%~80%的範圍包含。含量為所述範圍的情況下可進行充分的圖案形成。In the polymer compound, the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably contained in a range of 10% to 90% by mass, and more preferably in a range of 20% to 80%, based on the total mass of the polymer compound. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formation can be performed.

高分子化合物中可導入可與黑色顏料等著色顏料(特別是鈦黑)產生相互作用的官能基。此處,高分子化合物較佳為進而包含具有可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元。 作為該可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基,例如可列舉:酸基、鹼性基、配位性基、具有反應性的官能基等。 於高分子化合物包含酸基、鹼性基、配位性基或具有反應性的官能基的情況下,較佳為分別包含具有酸基的結構單元、具有鹼性基的結構單元、具有配位性基的結構單元或具有反應性的結構單元。 特別是藉由高分子化合物進而具有羧酸基等鹼可溶性基作為酸基,可對高分子化合物賦予顯影性,所述顯影性用於利用鹼顯影的圖案形成。 即,關於本發明的組成物,藉由將鹼可溶性基導入至高分子化合物中,而使作為有助於黑色顏料等著色顏料的分散的分散劑的高分子化合物具有鹼可溶性。含有此種高分子化合物的組成物的曝光部的遮光性優異,且未曝光部的鹼顯影性提高。 另外,藉由高分子化合物包含具有酸基的結構單元,高分子化合物容易與溶劑相容,從而有塗佈性亦提高的傾向。 推測其原因在於:具有酸基的結構單元中的酸基容易與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用,高分子化合物使黑色顏料等著色顏料穩定地分散,並且使黑色顏料等著色顏料分散的高分子化合物的黏度降低,高分子化合物自身亦容易穩定地分散。A functional group capable of interacting with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment (particularly, titanium black) can be introduced into the polymer compound. Here, the polymer compound preferably further contains a structural unit having a functional group capable of interacting with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment. Examples of the functional group that can interact with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment include an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group, and a reactive functional group. In the case where the polymer compound contains an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group or a reactive functional group, it is preferred to respectively contain a structural unit having an acid group, a structural unit having a basic group, and having a coordination group. A structural unit or a reactive structural unit. In particular, by using a polymer compound and an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as an acid group, developability can be imparted to the polymer compound, and the developability is used for pattern formation by alkali development. In other words, in the composition of the present invention, the polymer compound which is a dispersant which contributes to the dispersion of the color pigment such as a black pigment is made alkaline-soluble by introducing an alkali-soluble group into the polymer compound. The exposed portion of the composition containing such a polymer compound is excellent in light blocking property, and the alkali developability of the unexposed portion is improved. Further, since the polymer compound contains a structural unit having an acid group, the polymer compound is easily compatible with the solvent, and the coating property tends to be improved. It is presumed that the acid group in the structural unit having an acid group easily interacts with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment, and the polymer compound stably disperses a coloring pigment such as a black pigment, and a polymer in which a coloring pigment such as a black pigment is dispersed. The viscosity of the compound is lowered, and the polymer compound itself is easily dispersed stably.

其中,具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基的結構單元可為與所述具有接枝鏈的結構單元相同的結構單元,亦可為不同的結構單元,但具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基的結構單元是與所述疏水性結構單元不同的結構單元(即,並不相當於所述疏水性結構單元)。Wherein, the structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the structural unit having a graft chain, or may be a different structural unit, but has a structural unit of an alkali-soluble group as an acid group. It is a structural unit different from the hydrophobic structural unit (that is, does not correspond to the hydrophobic structural unit).

作為可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基或酚性羥基等,較佳為羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少一種,特佳者為對黑色顏料等著色顏料的吸附力良好、且其分散性高的羧酸基。 即,高分子化合物較佳為進而包含具有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少一種的結構單元。The acid group which can interact with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment, for example, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, is preferably a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. At least one of them is a carboxylic acid group which has a good adsorption force to a coloring pigment such as a black pigment and has high dispersibility. In other words, the polymer compound preferably further contains a structural unit having at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

高分子化合物可包含一種或兩種以上的具有酸基的結構單元。 高分子化合物可含有具有酸基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有酸基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,具有酸基的結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為5%~80%,就抑制因鹼顯影而導致的圖像強度的損傷的觀點而言,更佳為10%~60%。The polymer compound may contain one or two or more structural units having an acid group. The polymer compound may contain a structural unit having an acid group or may not contain a structural unit having an acid group. In the case of containing, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is preferably in mass conversion with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. From 5% to 80%, it is more preferably from 10% to 60% from the viewpoint of suppressing damage of image strength due to alkali development.

作為可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的鹼性基,例如有一級胺基、二級胺基、三級胺基、包含N原子的雜環、醯胺基等,特佳者為對黑色顏料等著色顏料的吸附力良好、且其分散性高的三級胺基。高分子化合物可具有一種或兩種以上的該些鹼性基。 高分子化合物可含有具有鹼性基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有鹼性基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,具有鹼性基的結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為0.01%以上且50%以下,就抑制對顯影性的阻礙的觀點而言,更佳為0.01%以上且30%以下。a basic group which can interact with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment, for example, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a hetero ring containing a N atom, a guanamine group, etc., particularly preferred It is a tertiary amine group which has a good adsorption force to a coloring pigment such as a black pigment and has high dispersibility. The polymer compound may have one or two or more kinds of such basic groups. The polymer compound may contain a structural unit having a basic group or may not contain a structural unit having a basic group. In the case of containing, the content of the structural unit having a basic group is based on the total mass of the polymer compound. The conversion amount is preferably 0.01% or more and 50% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or more and 30% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing the inhibition of developability.

作為可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的配位性基及具有反應性的官能基,例如可列舉:乙醯基乙醯氧基、三烷氧基矽烷基、異氰酸酯基、酸酐、醯氯化物等。特佳者為對黑色顏料等著色顏料的吸附力良好且分散性高的乙醯基乙醯氧基。高分子化合物可具有一種或兩種以上的該些基。 高分子化合物可含有具有配位性基的結構單元、或包含具有反應性的官能基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有配位性基的結構單元或包含具有反應性的官能基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,該些結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為10%以上且80%以下,就抑制對顯影性的阻礙的觀點而言,更佳為20%以上且60%以下。Examples of the coordinating group and the reactive functional group which can interact with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment include, for example, an ethenethyloxy group, a trialkoxyalkyl group, an isocyanate group, and an acid anhydride. , 醯 chloride, etc. Particularly preferred is an ethyl fluorenyloxy group having a good adsorptivity to a coloring pigment such as a black pigment and having high dispersibility. The polymer compound may have one or two or more kinds of such groups. The polymer compound may contain a structural unit having a coordinating group or a structural unit containing a reactive functional group, or may not contain a structural unit having a coordinating group or a structural unit containing a reactive functional group. In the case of the content of the polymer compound, the content of the structural unit is preferably 10% or more and 80% or less in terms of mass, and more preferably 20 from the viewpoint of suppressing the hindrance to developability. More than % and less than 60%.

於本發明中的高分子化合物具有於接枝鏈以外可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的情況下,只要含有如上所述的可與各種黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基即可,該些官能基以何種方式導入並無特別限定,高分子化合物較佳為包含選自源自下述通式(iv)~通式(vi)所表示的單量體的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元。In the case where the polymer compound of the present invention has a functional group capable of interacting with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment other than the graft chain, it is preferable to contain a function capable of interacting with a coloring pigment such as various black pigments as described above. The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, and the polymer compound preferably contains a structure selected from the group consisting of the following single formulas (iv) to (vi). More than one structural unit in a unit.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基。通式(iv)中,R12 及R13 進而佳為氫原子。In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or the like) or a carbon number of 1 An alkyl group of -6 (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably independently hydrogen. Atom or methyl. In the formula (iv), R 12 and R 13 are further preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(iv)中的X1 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),較佳為氧原子。 另外,通式(v)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 1 in the formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imido group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom. Further, Y in the formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

另外,通式(iv)~通式(v)中的L1 表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基的例子,可列舉:二價脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代的伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代的伸烯基、伸炔基及經取代的伸炔基)、二價芳香族基(例如,伸芳基及經取代的伸芳基)、二價雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基鍵(-NR31' -,此處R31' 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基鍵(-CO-)、或該些的組合等。Further, L 1 in the general formula (iv) to the general formula (v) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkyl group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynylene group, and a substituted alkyne group). a divalent aromatic group (for example, an extended aryl group and a substituted aryl group), a divalent heterocyclic group, an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imido group (- NH-), substituted imine bond (-NR 31 ' -, where R 31 ' is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), or a combination thereof Wait.

二價脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。較不飽和脂肪族基而言,脂肪族基較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent aliphatic group may also have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and still more preferably from 1 to 10. In the case of a less unsaturated aliphatic group, the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價芳香族基的碳原子數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, more preferably from 6 to 10. Further, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環中的一個以上。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32 ,此處R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. One or more of other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (=O), a thioketone group (=S), an imido group (=NH), a substituted imido group (=NR 32 , this Wherein R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L1 較佳為單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基。氧伸烷基結構更佳為氧伸乙基結構或氧伸丙基結構。另外,L1 亦可包含重複含有兩個以上的氧伸烷基結構的聚氧伸烷基結構。聚氧伸烷基結構較佳為聚氧伸乙基結構或聚氧伸丙基結構。聚氧伸乙基結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n較佳為2以上的整數,更佳為2~10的整數。L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxygen-extended alkyl structure. The oxygen-extended alkyl structure is more preferably an oxygen-extended ethyl structure or an oxygen-extended propyl structure. Further, L 1 may also contain a polyoxyalkylene structure having a repeating structure containing two or more oxygen-extended alkyl groups. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyalkylene structure or a polyoxyalkylene structure. The polyoxyalkylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,Z1 表示於接枝鏈以外可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基,較佳為羧酸基、三級胺基,更佳為羧酸基。In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), Z 1 represents a functional group which can interact with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment other than the graft chain, and is preferably a carboxylic acid group or a tertiary amino group, more preferably Carboxylic acid group.

通式(vi)中,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、-Z1 或L1 -Z1 。此處,L1 及Z1 與所述中的L1 及Z1 為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。作為R14 、R15 及R16 ,較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子。In the formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group). , ethyl, propyl, etc.), - Z 1 or L 1 -Z 1. Here, L 1 and Z 1 have the same meanings as the above-mentioned L 1 and Z 1 , and preferred examples are also the same. R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為通式(iv)所表示的單量體,較佳為R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1 為伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基、X1 為氧原子或亞胺基、Z1 為羧酸基的化合物。 另外,作為通式(v)所表示的單量體,較佳為R11 為氫原子或甲基、L1 為伸烷基、Z1 為羧酸基、Y為次甲基的化合物。 進而,作為通式(vi)所表示的單量體,較佳為R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1 為單鍵或伸烷基、Z為羧酸基的化合物。In the present invention, as the monolith represented by the formula (iv), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group or an alkyloxy group is contained. A divalent linking group of a structure, a compound wherein X 1 is an oxygen atom or an imido group, and Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group. Further, as the monomer of the formula (v), a compound wherein R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferable. Further, as the monomer of the formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is a single bond or an alkyl group, and Z is a carboxylic acid. Base compound.

以下,示出通式(iv)~通式(vi)所表示的單量體(化合物)的具代表性的例子。 作為單量體的例子,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯)與琥珀酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與四羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與偏苯三甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與均苯四甲酸酐的反應物、丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、丙烯酸寡聚物、馬來酸、衣康酸、富馬酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、乙烯基苯酚、4-羥基苯基甲基丙烯醯胺等。Hereinafter, representative examples of the monomeric (compound) represented by the general formula (iv) to the general formula (vi) are shown. Examples of the monovalent body include methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), and succinic anhydride. a reactant, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in a molecule with phthalic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule, and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule with trimellitic anhydride, a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule, and a reaction product of pyromellitic anhydride, acrylic acid, and acrylic acid Polymer, acrylic acid oligomer, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, vinyl phenol, 4-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide, and the like.

就與黑色顏料等著色顏料的相互作用、分散穩定性、以及對顯影液的浸透性的觀點而言,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,具有可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元的含量較佳為0.05質量%~90質量%,更佳為1.0質量%~80質量%,進而佳為10質量%~70質量%。From the viewpoint of interaction with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment, dispersion stability, and permeability to a developing solution, it has a functional group capable of interacting with a coloring pigment such as a black pigment with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. The content of the structural unit is preferably from 0.05% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 1.0% by mass to 80% by mass, even more preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass.

進而,出於提高圖像強度等諸性能的目的,只要不損及本發明的效果,則高分子化合物亦可進而包含具有各種功能的其他結構單元(例如,包含與分散物中所使用的分散介質具有親和性的官能基等的結構單元),所述其他結構單元與具有接枝鏈的結構單元、疏水性結構單元、以及具有可與黑色顏料等著色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元不同。 作為此種其他結構單元,例如可列舉源自選自丙烯腈類、甲基丙烯腈類等中的自由基聚合性化合物的結構單元。 高分子化合物可使用一種或兩種以上的該些其他結構單元,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,該些其他結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為0%以上且80%以下,更佳為10%以上且60%以下。含量為所述範圍的情況下可維持充分的圖案形成性。Further, for the purpose of improving performance such as image strength, the polymer compound may further contain other structural units having various functions as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired (for example, inclusion and dispersion used in the dispersion) a structural unit having an affinity functional group or the like), the structural unit having a graft chain, a hydrophobic structural unit, and a structural unit having a functional group capable of interacting with a colored pigment such as a black pigment different. Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from a radically polymerizable compound selected from the group consisting of acrylonitriles and methacrylonitriles. The polymer compound may be one or two or more kinds of the other structural units, and the content of the other structural units is preferably 0% or more and 80% or less by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer compound, more preferably 10% or more and 60% or less. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formability can be maintained.

高分子化合物的酸價較佳為0 mgKOH/g以上且160 mgKOH/g以下的範圍,更佳為10 mgKOH/g以上且140 mgKOH/g以下的範圍,進而佳為20 mgKOH/g以上且120 mgKOH/g以下的範圍。 若高分子化合物的酸價為160 mgKOH/g以下,則可更有效地抑制於形成硬化膜時的顯影時的圖案剝離。另外,若高分子化合物的酸價為10 mgKOH/g以上,則鹼顯影性更良好。另外,若高分子化合物的酸價為20 mgKOH/g以上,則可進一步抑制黑色顏料等著色顏料(特別是鈦黑)、或包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體的沈降,可使粗大粒子數進一步減少,從而可進一步提高組成物的經時穩定性。The acid value of the polymer compound is preferably in the range of 0 mgKOH/g or more and 160 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more and 140 mgKOH/g or less, and further preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more and 120. The range of mgKOH/g or less. When the acid value of the polymer compound is 160 mgKOH/g or less, pattern peeling at the time of development at the time of forming a cured film can be more effectively suppressed. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 10 mgKOH/g or more, the alkali developability is further improved. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH/g or more, sedimentation of a colored pigment such as a black pigment (particularly titanium black) or a dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms can be further suppressed, and coarse particles can be obtained. The number is further reduced, so that the stability over time of the composition can be further improved.

本發明中,高分子化合物的酸價例如可根據高分子化合物中的酸基的平均含量來算出。另外,藉由使作為高分子化合物的構成成分的含有酸基的結構單元的含量變化,可獲得具有所期望的酸價的樹脂。In the present invention, the acid value of the polymer compound can be calculated, for example, from the average content of the acid groups in the polymer compound. In addition, by changing the content of the acid group-containing structural unit which is a constituent component of the polymer compound, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained.

於形成硬化膜時,就抑制顯影時的圖案剝離與顯影性的觀點而言,本發明中的高分子化合物的重量平均分子量以利用凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)法的聚苯乙烯換算值計,較佳為4,000~300,000,更佳為5,000~200,000,進而佳為6,000~100,000,特佳為10,000~50,000。 GPC法是基於如下方法,所述方法使用HLC-8020GPC(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造),使用TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造,4.6 mmID×15 cm)作為管柱,且使用四氫呋喃(Tetrahydrofuran,THF)作為溶離液。When the cured film is formed, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound in the present invention is polyphenylene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method from the viewpoint of suppressing pattern peeling and developability at the time of development. The ethylene equivalent value is preferably 4,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, still more preferably 6,000 to 100,000, particularly preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The GPC method is based on a method using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.), manufactured using TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (Tosoh), 4.6 mmID. ×15 cm) was used as a column, and tetrahydrofuran (THF) was used as a solution.

高分子化合物可基於公知的方法來合成,作為合成高分子化合物時所使用的溶劑,例如可列舉:二氯化乙烯、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、2-甲氧基乙基乙酸酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、甲苯、乙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等。該些溶劑可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上混合使用。The polymer compound can be synthesized by a known method. Examples of the solvent used in the synthesis of the polymer compound include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, and propanol. Butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate Ester, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylhydrazine, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and the like. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為本發明中可使用的高分子化合物的具體例,可列舉:楠木化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」;畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(包含酸基的共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、190(高分子共聚物)」、「畢克(BYK)-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」;埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)4047、4050~4010~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4330~埃夫卡(EFKA)4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯醯胺)、5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」;味之素精細化學(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881」;共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Flowlen)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」、「珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」;楠本化成公司製造的「帝司巴隆(Disparlon)KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」;花王公司製造的「戴默爾(Demol)RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「荷摩蓋諾爾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)」、「艾瑪爾根(Emulgen)920、930、935、985(聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚)」、「阿塞他明(Acetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」;日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股)製造的「索爾斯帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(於末端部具有功能部的高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝共聚物)」;日光化學者製造的「尼考爾(Nikkol)T106(聚氧伸乙基脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧伸乙基單硬脂酸酯)」;川研精細化學(股)製造的「西諾科特(Hinoact)T-8000E」等;信越化學工業(股)製造的「有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341」;裕商(股)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑」;聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑;「W004、W005、W017」等陰離子系界面活性劑;森下產業(股)製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)-46、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47EA、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物100、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物400、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物401、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物450」;聖諾普科(San Nopco)(股)製造的「迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)6、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)8、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)15、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)9100」等高分子分散劑;艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造的「艾迪科普魯洛尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123」;以及三洋化成(股)製造的「伊歐奈特(Ionet)(商品名)S-20」等。另外,亦可使用壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FFS-6752、壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FFS-187、壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)-RD-F8、賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P。 另外,作為兩性樹脂的市售品,例如可列舉:畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-130、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-140、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-142、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-145、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-180、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-187、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-191、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-2001、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-2010、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-2012、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-2025、畢克(BYK)-9076、味之素精細化學(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB822、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB881等。 該些高分子化合物可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。Specific examples of the polymer compound which can be used in the present invention include "DA-7301" manufactured by Phoebe Chemical Co., Ltd.; and "Disperbyk" manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. 101 (polyamidoamine phosphate), 107 (carboxylate), 110 (copolymer containing acid group), 111 (phosphate dispersant), 130 (polyamine), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170, 190 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)"; "Evka" (made by EFKA) EFKA) 4047, 4050~4010~4165 (polyurethane type), Efka (EFKA) 4330~Evka (EFKA) 4340 (block copolymer), 4400~4402 (modified polyacrylate ), 5010 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative); Ajinomoto fine chemistry "Ajisper PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881" manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno "Flowlen TG-710 (urethane oligomer)", "Polyflow No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd." "Disparlon KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705 manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd. , DA-725"; Demol RN, N (formalin condensation system of naphthalenesulfonate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic polycondensate of aromatic sulfonate) manufactured by Kao Corporation, " Homogenol L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid), "Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylidene phenyl ether)", "A Acetamin 86 (stearylamine acetate); "Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (even) manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan Nitrogen pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymer having a functional portion at the terminal portion), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (grafting) Copolymer)" Nikol T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate) and MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylidene monostearate) manufactured by Nikko Chem. "Hinoact T-8000E" manufactured by Chuanyan Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.; "Organic alkane polymer KP341" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd. W001: cationic surfactant] polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxygen Nonionic surfactants such as ethyl nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid ester; "W004, W005, W017" Anionic surfactants; EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymers manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd. 100, Efka (EFKA) polymer 400, Efka (EFKA) polymer 401, Efka (EFKA) polymer 450"; San Nopco "Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Despas Ed (") Disperse Aid) 9100" and other polymer dispersing agents; Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95 manufactured by ADEKA , F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123"; and "Ionet (trade name) S-20" manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd. In addition, Acrybase FFS-6752, Acrybase FFS-187, Acrycure-RD-F8, Cyclomer P can also be used. . Further, as a commercial product of the amphoteric resin, for example, DISPERBYK-130, DISPERBYK-140, and Dispabbi manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. DISPERBYK-142, DISPERBYK-145, DISPERBYK-180, DISPERBYK-187, DISPERBYK-191 , DISPERBYK-2001, DISPERBYK-2010, DISPERBYK-2012, DISPERBYK-2025, BYK -9076, Ajisper PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB881, etc. manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno. These polymer compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

再者,作為高分子化合物的具體例的例子,可參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0127~段落0129中記載的高分子化合物,並將該些內容併入至本說明書中。In addition, as a specific example of the polymer compound, the polymer compound described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP-A-2013-249417 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.

另外,作為分散劑,除所述高分子化合物以外,亦可使用日本專利特開2010-106268號公報的段落0037~段落0115(對應的US2011/0124824的段落0075~段落0133一欄)的接枝共聚物,可引用該些內容,且併入至本說明書中。 另外,除所述以外,亦可使用日本專利特開2011-153283號公報的段落0028~段落0084(對應的US2011/0279759的段落0075~段落0133一欄)的包含具有酸性基經由連結基鍵結而成的側鏈結構的構成成分的高分子化合物,可引用該些內容,且併入至本說明書中。Further, as the dispersing agent, in addition to the polymer compound, grafting of paragraph 0037 to paragraph 0115 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-106268 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0124824) may be used. Copolymers may be cited and incorporated into the present specification. In addition, in addition to the above, the inclusion of an acidic group via a linking group may also be used in paragraphs 0928 to 0084 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-153283 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0279759). The polymer compound of the constituent components of the side chain structure can be referred to and incorporated in the present specification.

相對於組成物的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的分散劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%。The content of the dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.

(b)聚合起始劑 本發明的組成物含有聚合起始劑。 聚合起始劑並無特別限制,可自公知的聚合起始劑中適宜選擇,例如,較佳為具有感光性者(所謂的光聚合起始劑)。 光聚合起始劑只要具有使聚合性化合物的聚合起始的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適宜選擇。例如較佳為對紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合起始的起始劑。 另外,光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300 nm~800 nm(更佳為330 nm~500 nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的莫耳吸光係數的化合物。(b) Polymerization initiator The composition of the invention contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity (so-called photopolymerization initiators) are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred that the ultraviolet region is sensitive to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by a certain action with a photo-excited sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization in accordance with the kind of the monomer. Further, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a compound having at least one molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of from about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably from 330 nm to 500 nm.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。作為所述具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴化合物,例如可列舉若林等人著的「日本化學學會會刊(Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan)」(42、2924(1969))記載的化合物、英國專利1388492號說明書記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報記載的化合物、德國專利3337024號說明書記載的化合物、F.C.謝弗(F. C. Schaefer)等人的「有機化學期刊(J. Org. Chem.)」(29、1527(1964))記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭62-58241號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-281728號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-34920號公報記載的化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中所記載的化合物等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton or a oxadiazole skeleton), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, a hexaarylbiimidazole or an anthracene. An anthracene compound such as a derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton include a compound described in "Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan" (42, 2924 (1969)), and a British patent. The compound described in the specification of No. 1388492, the compound described in JP-A-53-133428, the compound described in the specification of German Patent No. 3337024, and the "Journal of Organic Chemistry (J. Org. Chem) by FC Schaefer et al. The compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compound described in the publication, the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976, and the like.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的群組中的化合物。Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound. , phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triallyl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene a compound of the group consisting of an iron complex and a salt thereof, a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound.

更佳為三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,進而佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, mercaptophosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, antimony compounds, triallyl imidazole dimers, antimony compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzene The ethyl ketone compound is further preferably at least selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, and a benzophenone compound. a compound.

特別是於將本發明的硬化性組成物用於固體攝像元件的遮光膜的製作時,需要以尖銳(sharp)的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性以及未曝光部並無殘渣地進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,特佳為使用肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。特別是於固體攝像元件中形成微細的圖案的情況下,硬化用曝光是使用步進曝光,但該曝光機有因鹵素而受到損傷的情況,光聚合起始劑的添加量亦必須抑制得低,因此若考慮該些方面,則特佳為使用肟化合物作為形成如固體攝像元件般的微細圖案時的光聚合起始劑。另外,藉由使用肟化合物,可使顏色遷移性更佳。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~段落0268,將該內容併入至本申請案說明書中。In particular, when the curable composition of the present invention is used for the production of a light-shielding film of a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important that the curable property and the unexposed portion have no residue. Development is carried out. From this point of view, it is particularly preferred to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, exposure for curing is performed by stepwise exposure, but the exposure machine is damaged by halogen, and the amount of photopolymerization initiator added must be suppressed low. Therefore, in consideration of these aspects, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator when forming a fine pattern like a solid-state image sensor. In addition, color mobility can be improved by using a ruthenium compound. As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, reference is made to paragraph 0265 to paragraph 0268 of JP-A-2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的醯基膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379EG(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365 nm或405 nm等的長波光源相匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179號公報中記載的化合物。 作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969, and a mercaptophosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used. As a hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, it can be used: IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, Yan IRGACURE-127 (trade name, manufactured by BASF). As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (trade names, both of which are commercially available) can be used. Made by BASF). The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matching a long-wavelength source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. As the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name, all manufactured by BASF) can be used as a commercial product.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。特別是肟系起始劑為高感度且聚合效率高,並且不論有色材料濃度如何均可硬化,而容易將有色材料的濃度設計得高,因此較佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報記載的化合物。 本發明中,作為可較佳地使用的肟化合物,例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯基氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯基氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰基氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 另外,亦可列舉「英國化學會志-普爾金會刊II(J.C.S. Perkin II)」((1979年)第1653-1660頁)、「英國化學會志-普爾金會刊II(J.C.S. Perkin II)」((1979年)第156-162頁)、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」((1995年)第202-232頁)、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 市售品中亦可較佳地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。另外,亦可使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、艾迪科克魯茲(Adeka Cruise)NCI-831及艾迪科克魯茲(Adeka Cruise)NCI-930(艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)。As a photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound is more preferable. In particular, the oxime-based initiator is highly sensitive and has high polymerization efficiency, and can be hardened regardless of the concentration of the colored material, and is preferable because the concentration of the colored material is easily designed to be high. As a specific example of the ruthenium compound, a compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used. In the present invention, examples of the ruthenium compound which can be preferably used include, for example, 3-benzylideneoxyiminobutan-2-one and 3-ethyloxyiminobutan-2-one. , 3-propenyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-ethyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane- 1-ketone, 2-benzylideneoxyimido-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-B Oxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In addition, "JCS Perkin II" (June 1653-1660) and "JCS Perkin II" are also listed. ((1979) pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology ((1995) pp. 202-232), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-66385 The compound described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2000-800. In the commercial product, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) can be preferably used. In addition, you can also use TR-PBG-304 (made by Changzhou Power Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Cruise NCI-831, and Adeka Cruise NCI-930 (ADEKA) ))))

另外,作為所述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用於咔唑N位連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、於二苯甲酮部位導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、於色素部位導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、於同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、於405 nm下具有最大吸收且對g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報記載的化合物等。 較佳為例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~段落0275,並將該內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,較佳為下述式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可為(Z)體的肟化合物,還可為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as the ruthenium compound other than the above-mentioned one, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904, in which the carbazole is bonded to the N-position of the carbazole, and the United States having a hetero substituent introduced into the benzophenone moiety may be used. The compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7626957, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-15025, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. A ketone oxime compound, a compound described in US Pat. No. 7,569,910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption at 405 nm and has a good sensitivity to a g-ray source, and is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-221114 A compound or the like described in the publication. For example, it is preferable to refer to paragraph 0274 to paragraph 0275 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2013-29760, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein. Specifically, the quinone compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Further, it may be an anthracene compound in which the N-O bond of ruthenium is (E), a ruthenium compound of (Z), or a mixture of (E) and (Z).

[化7] [Chemistry 7]

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為R所表示的一價取代基,較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可進而經其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、芳基氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳基氧基羰基、醯基氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 通式(OX-1)中,作為B所表示的一價取代基,較佳為芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基。該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示所述取代基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為A所表示的二價有機基,較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸炔基。該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示所述取代基。In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred. The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have one or more substituents. Further, the substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by B, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group is preferred. The groups may also have more than one substituent. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent. In the general formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a cycloalkylene group or an alkynylene group. The groups may also have more than one substituent. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent.

本發明亦可使用具有氟原子的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2010-262028號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特表2014-500852號公報記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40、日本專利特開2013-164471號公報記載的化合物(C-3)等。將該內容併入至本說明書中。The present invention can also use a ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom include a compound described in JP-A-2010-262028, a compound 24 described in JP-A-2014-500852, a compound 36 to a compound 40, and a Japanese patent. Compound (C-3) or the like described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-164471. This content is incorporated into the present specification.

本發明亦可使用下述通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的化合物作為光聚合起始劑。In the present invention, a compound represented by the following formula (1) or formula (2) can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.

[化8] [化8]

式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基或碳數7~30的芳基烷基,於R1 及R2 為苯基的情況下,苯基彼此亦可鍵結而形成茀基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳基烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基。In the formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 7 to 30. In the case of an arylalkyl group, when R 1 and R 2 are a phenyl group, the phenyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a fluorenyl group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

式(2)中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 與式(1)中的R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 為相同含義,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵素原子或羥基,R6 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳基烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。Formula (2), R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 of the formula R (1) is 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 are the same meanings, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6, -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and R 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and X represents a direct bond or A carbonyl group, a represents an integer of 0-4.

所述式(1)及式(2)中,R1 及R2 較佳為分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基。R3 較佳為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基。R4 較佳為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基。R5 較佳為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基。X較佳為直接鍵結。 作為式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2014-137466號公報的段落編號0076~段落編號0079中所記載的化合物。將該內容併入至本說明書中。In the formulae (1) and (2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group. R 3 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group or a xylyl group. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. R 5 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group or a naphthyl group. X is preferably a direct bond. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the formula (2) include the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0076 to Paragraph No. 0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. This content is incorporated into the present specification.

以下示出本發明中可較佳地使用的肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。Specific examples of the ruthenium compound which can be preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化9] [Chemistry 9]

肟化合物較佳為於350 nm~500 nm的波長區域具有最大吸收波長者,更佳為於360 nm~480 nm的波長區域具有最大吸收波長者,特佳為365 nm及405 nm的吸光度高者。 就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物的365 nm或405 nm下的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。 化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法進行測定,例如較佳為藉由紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的凱里-5分光光度計(Cary-5 spectrophotometer))且使用乙酸乙酯溶媒並於0.01 g/L的濃度下進行測定。 本發明中所用的光聚合起始劑亦可視需要將兩種以上組合使用。The ruthenium compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably a wavelength having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm. . From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the cerium compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method, and is preferably, for example, by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) and used. The ethyl acetate solvent was measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. The photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

相對於硬化性組成物的總固體成分,聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%,進而佳為1質量%~20質量%。藉由為該範圍,可獲得更良好的感度與圖案形成性。本發明的硬化性組成物可僅包含一種聚合起始劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量為所述範圍。The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 1% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. By this range, more excellent sensitivity and pattern formation property can be obtained. The curable composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization initiator, and may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is the above range.

相對於組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%,更佳為1質量%~25質量%,進而佳為1質量%~10質量%。The content of the polymerization initiator in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 25% by mass, even more preferably 1% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % to 10% by mass.

(c)聚合性化合物 本發明的組成物含有聚合性化合物。 聚合性化合物較佳為具有至少一個可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基、且沸點於常壓下為100℃以上的化合物。特佳為於聚合性化合物中包含兩個以上且十個以下的乙烯性不飽和基,且較佳為所謂的多官能聚合性化合物。 作為具有至少一個可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基、且沸點於常壓下為100℃以上的化合物,例如可列舉:聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等單官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯基氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於多官能醇後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物,季戊四醇或二季戊四醇經聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物,日本專利特公昭48-41708號、日本專利特公昭50-6034號、日本專利特開昭51-37193號的各公報中記載的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類,日本專利特開昭48-64183號、日本專利特公昭49-43191號、日本專利特公昭52-30490號的各公報中記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。進而,亦可使用「日本接著協會誌」第20卷、第7號、第300~308頁中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物而介紹的化合物。 另外,亦可使用使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的多官能醇後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 其中,較佳為二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及該些的丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基而連結於二季戊四醇的結構。亦可使用該些的寡聚物類型。 另外,日本專利特公昭48-41708號、日本專利特開昭51-37193號、日本專利特公平2-32293號及日本專利特公平2-16765號的各公報中所記載般的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類或日本專利特公昭58-49860號、日本專利特公昭56-17654號、日本專利特公昭62-39417號及日本專利特公昭62-39418號的各公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號、日本專利特開昭63-260909號及日本專利特開平1-105238號的各公報中所記載的於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類,可獲得感光速度非常優異的光聚合性組成物。作為市售品,可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(商品名,日本製紙化學(股)製造),UA-7200(新中村化學工業(股)製造),DPHA-40H(商品名,日本化藥(股)製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(商品名,共榮社化學(股)製造)等。 另外,具有酸基的乙烯性不飽和化合物類亦較佳,作為市售品,例如可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造的作為含羧基的三官能丙烯酸酯的TO-756、以及作為含羧基的五官能丙烯酸酯的TO-1382等。作為本發明中所使用的聚合性化合物,更佳為四官能以上的丙烯酸酯化合物。作為四官能以上的丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可列舉卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(商品名,日本化藥(股)製造)等。(c) Polymerizable compound The composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or more at normal pressure. It is particularly preferable to contain two or more and ten or less ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polymerizable compound, and a so-called polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferable. Examples of the compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or more at normal pressure include polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and polypropylene glycol mono(methyl). a monofunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as acrylate or phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tris(methyl) Acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexanediol (methyl) Acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene decyloxypropyl) ether, tris(propylene decyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin or trimethylolethane, etc. a compound obtained by adding (meth) acrylate to a polyfunctional alcohol, and a compound obtained by poly (meth) acrylate of pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 50-6034, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-37193 A urethane acrylate described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-49-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 49-43191, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 52-30490 A polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an epoxy acrylate such as a reaction product of an oxygen resin and (meth)acrylic acid. Further, as the photocurable monomer and oligomer, the compounds described in "Japan Next Association", Vol. 20, No. 7, and pages 300 to 308 can also be used. In addition, after the polyfunctional alcohol described in the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) and the specific examples thereof, the ethylene oxide or the propylene oxide can be used as the polyfunctional alcohol described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 10-62986 A compound obtained by (meth)acrylation. Among them, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and a structure in which these acryl oxime groups are bonded to dipentaerythritol via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue are preferable. These types of oligomers can also be used. In addition, the urethanes described in the publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-48-41708, JP-A-53-37193, Japanese Patent Application No. Hei 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-16765 Ethylene acrylates described in the respective publications of the ester acrylates, or the Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, the Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, the Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418 A urethane compound of a skeleton is also preferred. Further, an amine group structure or a thioether is contained in the molecule as described in each of the publications of JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-10-1-5238. The addition polymerizable compound of the structure can obtain a photopolymerizable composition which is excellent in the photospeed. As a commercial item, a urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (trade name, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing) and so on. Further, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is also preferable, and as a commercially available product, for example, TO-756 which is a carboxyl group-containing trifunctional acrylate manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., and a carboxyl group-containing five are mentioned. Functional acrylate TO-1382 and the like. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is more preferably a tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound. Examples of the tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound include KAYARAD DPHA (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 於將兩種以上的聚合性化合物組合使用的情況下,其組合態樣可根據組成物所要求的物性等而適宜設定。作為聚合性化合物的較佳的組合態樣之一,例如可列舉將選自所述多官能的丙烯酸酯化合物中的兩種以上的聚合性化合物加以組合的態樣,作為其一例,可列舉二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯及季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯的組合。 關於聚合性化合物的含量,相對於本發明的硬化性組成物中的總固體成分,較佳為以成為3質量%~55質量%的方式含有,更佳為7質量%~50質量%。The polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are used in combination, the combination form can be appropriately set depending on the physical properties required for the composition and the like. One of the preferable combinations of the polymerizable compounds is, for example, a combination of two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds selected from the above-mentioned polyfunctional acrylate compounds. A combination of pentaerythritol hexaacrylate and pentaerythritol triacrylate. The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 3% by mass to 55% by mass, and more preferably 7% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition of the present invention.

(d)黏合劑聚合物 本發明的組成物含有黏合劑聚合物。 作為黏合劑聚合物,較佳為使用線性有機聚合物。作為此種線性有機聚合物,可任意地使用公知者。較佳為為了能夠進行水顯影或弱鹼性水顯影而選擇對於水或弱鹼性水而言為可溶性或膨潤性的線性有機聚合物。其中,作為黏合劑聚合物,特佳為鹼可溶性樹脂(具有促進鹼可溶性的基的樹脂)。 作為黏合劑聚合物,可自如下鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂為線性有機高分子聚合物,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉:羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為於有機溶劑中可溶且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸作為特佳者。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。(d) Binder polymer The composition of the present invention contains a binder polymer. As the binder polymer, a linear organic polymer is preferably used. As such a linear organic polymer, a known one can be used arbitrarily. It is preferred to select a linear organic polymer which is soluble or swellable to water or weakly alkaline water in order to enable water development or weak alkaline water development. Among them, as the binder polymer, an alkali-soluble resin (a resin having a base which promotes alkali solubility) is particularly preferred. The binder polymer is suitably selected from the group consisting of alkali-soluble resins which are linear organic high molecular polymers and which are mainly composed of an acrylic copolymer and a styrene copolymer. The molecule has at least one group that promotes alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable, and the viewpoint of controlling developability is preferable. In particular, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable. Examples of the base which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and are preferably soluble in an organic solvent and can be made by a weakly basic aqueous solution. As the developer, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為黏合劑聚合物,例如可列舉:於側鏈上具有羧酸基的自由基聚合物,例如日本專利特開昭59-44615號、日本專利特公昭54-34327號、日本專利特公昭58-12577號、日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭54-92723號、日本專利特開昭59-53836號、日本專利特開昭59-71048號中所記載者,即,使具有羧基的單體單獨或共聚而成的樹脂、將使具有酸酐的單體單獨或共聚而成的酸酐單元水解或半酯化或半醯胺化而成的樹脂、以不飽和單羧酸及酸酐將環氧樹脂改質而成的環氧丙烯酸酯等。作為具有羧基的單體的例子,可列舉:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、4-羧基苯乙烯等,作為具有酸酐的單體的例子,可列舉馬來酸酐等。另外,亦可列舉同樣地於側鏈上具有羧酸基的酸性纖維素衍生物作為例子。除此以外,於具有羥基的聚合物中加成環狀酸酐而成者等有用。 另外,歐洲專利第993966號、歐洲專利第1204000號、日本專利特開2001-318463號等各公報中記載的具有酸基的縮醛改質聚乙烯基醇系黏合劑聚合物的膜強度、顯影性的平衡優異,從而較佳。 進而,作為除此以外的水溶性線性有機聚合物,聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷等有用。另外,為了提高硬化皮膜的強度,醇可溶性尼龍或作為2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇的聚醚等亦有用。Examples of the binder polymer include a radical polymer having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-34327, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-58- No. 12,577, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-25957, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 54-92723, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-53836, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-71048, a resin obtained by separately or copolymerizing a monomer of a carboxyl group, a resin obtained by hydrolyzing or semi-esterifying or semi-esterifying an acid anhydride unit obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having an acid anhydride, or an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and an acid anhydride. An epoxy acrylate or the like obtained by modifying an epoxy resin. Examples of the monomer having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and 4-carboxystyrene, and examples of the monomer having an acid anhydride. A maleic anhydride etc. are mentioned. Further, an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain is also exemplified as an example. In addition to this, it is useful to add a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In addition, the film strength and development of an acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol-based binder polymer having an acid group described in each of the publications of the European Patent No. 993, 966, the European Patent No. PCT No. The balance of sex is excellent and thus better. Further, as the water-soluble linear organic polymer other than the above, polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide is useful. Further, in order to increase the strength of the hardened film, alcohol-soluble nylon or a polyether which is 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin is also useful.

該些中,特別是[(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/視需要的其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物、及[(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/視需要的其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物的膜強度、感度、顯影性的平衡優異,從而較佳。 作為市售品,例如可列舉:壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FF-187、FF-426(藤倉化成公司製造),壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)-RD-F8(日本觸媒(股)),大賽璐奧奈克斯(Daicel-Allnex)(股)製造的賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P(ACA)230AA等。Among these, in particular, [(meth)acrylic acid methacrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/optionally other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer] copolymer, and [(meth)acrylic acid allyl ester/(A) The acrylic acid/other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer as needed is excellent in the balance of film strength, sensitivity, and developability. As a commercial item, Acrybase FF-187, FF-426 (made by Fujikura Kasei Co., Ltd.), Acrycure-RD-F8 (Japan catalyst (share)) are mentioned, for example. ), Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA manufactured by Daicel-Allnex (share).

黏合劑聚合物的製造中例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。藉由自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等的聚合條件對於本領域技術人員而言可容易地設定,並且亦可實驗性地決定條件。For the production of the binder polymer, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, the kind of the solvent, and the like when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and can also be experimentally conducted. Determine the conditions sexually.

另外,作為黏合劑聚合物,亦較佳為使用含有具有接枝鏈的結構單元、具有酸基(鹼可溶性基)的結構單元的聚合物。 具有接枝鏈的結構單元的定義與所述分散劑所含有的具有接枝鏈的結構單元為相同含義,另外較佳範圍亦相同。 作為酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基或酚性羥基等,較佳為羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少一種,特佳者為羧酸基。Further, as the binder polymer, a polymer containing a structural unit having a graft chain and a structural unit having an acid group (alkali-soluble group) is also preferably used. The definition of the structural unit having a graft chain has the same meaning as the structural unit having a graft chain contained in the dispersing agent, and the preferred range is also the same. The acid group is preferably a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and is preferably at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group and a phosphoric acid group, and particularly preferably a carboxylic acid group.

作為具有酸基的結構單元,較佳為具有選自源自下述通式(vii)~通式(ix)所表示的單量體的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元。The structural unit having an acid group preferably has one or more structural units selected from the structural units derived from the unitary bodies represented by the following general formulae (vii) to (ix).

[化10] [化10]

通式(vii)~通式(ix)中,R2 1 、R2 2 及R2 3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、或碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 通式(vii)~通式(ix)中,R2 1 、R2 2 及R2 3 較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳原子數為1~3的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基。通式(vii)中,R21 及R23 進而佳為氫原子。In the general formulae (vii) to (ix), R 2 1 , R 2 2 and R 2 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or the like) or a carbon atom. The number is 1 to 6 alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In the general formulae (vii) to (ix), R 2 1 , R 2 2 and R 2 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably independently. The ground is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the formula (vii), R 21 and R 23 are further preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(vii)中的X2 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),較佳為氧原子。 另外,通式(viii)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 2 in the formula (vii) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imido group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom. Further, Y in the formula (viii) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

另外,通式(vii)~通式(ix)中的L2 表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基的例子,可列舉:二價脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代的伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代的伸烯基、伸炔基及經取代的伸炔基)、二價芳香族基(例如,伸芳基及經取代的伸芳基)、二價雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基鍵(-NR4 1' -,此處R4 1' 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基鍵(-CO-)、或該些的組合等。Further, L 2 in the general formula (vii) to the general formula (ix) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkyl group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynylene group, and a substituted alkyne group). a divalent aromatic group (for example, an extended aryl group and a substituted aryl group), a divalent heterocyclic group, an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imido group (- NH-), substituted imine bond (-NR 4 1 ' -, where R 4 1 ' is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), or these The combination and so on.

二價脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳原子數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。較不飽和脂肪族基而言,脂肪族基較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent aliphatic group may also have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and still more preferably from 1 to 10. In the case of a less unsaturated aliphatic group, the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價芳香族基的碳原子數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, more preferably from 6 to 10. Further, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環中的一個以上。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R4 2 ,此處R4 2 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. One or more of other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (=O), a thioketone group (=S), an imido group (=NH), a substituted imido group (=NR 4 2 , Here, R 4 2 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L2 較佳為單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基。氧伸烷基結構更佳為氧伸乙基結構或氧伸丙基結構。另外,L2 亦可包含重複含有兩個以上的氧伸烷基結構的聚氧伸烷基結構。作為聚氧伸烷基結構,較佳為聚氧伸乙基結構或聚氧伸丙基結構。聚氧伸乙基結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n較佳為2以上的整數,更佳為2~10的整數。L 2 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxygen-extended alkyl structure. The oxygen-extended alkyl structure is more preferably an oxygen-extended ethyl structure or an oxygen-extended propyl structure. Further, L 2 may also contain a polyoxyalkylene structure having a repeating structure containing two or more oxygen-extended alkyl groups. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyalkylene structure or a polyoxyalkylene structure is preferred. The polyoxyalkylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.

通式(vii)~通式(ix)中,Z2 為酸基,較佳為羧酸基。In the formula (vii) to the formula (ix), Z 2 is an acid group, preferably a carboxylic acid group.

通式(ix)中,R2 4 、R2 5 及R2 6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、碳原子數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、-Z2 或L2 -Z2 。此處,L2 及Z2 與所述中的L2 及Z2 為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。作為R2 4 、R2 5 及R2 6 ,較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子。In the formula (ix), R 2 4 , R 2 5 and R 2 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example). , methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), - Z 2 or L 2 -Z 2. Here, L 2 and Z 2 have the same meanings as the above-mentioned L 2 and Z 2 , and preferred examples are also the same. R 2 4 , R 2 5 and R 2 6 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為通式(vii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R2 1 、R2 2 及R2 3 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L2 為伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基、X2 為氧原子或亞胺基、Z2 為羧酸基的化合物。 另外,作為通式(vii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R2 1 為氫原子或甲基、L2 為伸烷基、Z2 為羧酸基、Y為次甲基的化合物。 進而,作為通式(ix)所表示的單量體,較佳為R2 4 、R2 5 及R2 6 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、Z2 為羧酸基的化合物。In the present invention, as the monomer of the formula (vii), R 2 1 , R 2 2 and R 2 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 2 is an alkylene group or contains oxygen. A divalent linking group having an alkyl structure, a compound wherein X 2 is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group. Further, as the monomer of the formula (vii), a compound wherein R 2 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 2 is an alkylene group, Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferable. Further, as the unitary substance represented by the formula (ix), a compound in which R 2 4 , R 2 5 and R 2 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and Z 2 is a carboxylic acid group is preferable.

所述黏合劑聚合物可藉由與所述的含有具有接枝鏈的結構單元的顏料分散劑相同的方法來合成,另外,其較佳的酸價、重量平均分子量亦相同。The binder polymer can be synthesized by the same method as the above-described pigment dispersant containing a structural unit having a graft chain, and further preferably has the same acid value and weight average molecular weight.

所述黏合劑聚合物可具有一種或兩種以上的具有酸基的結構單元。 相對於所述黏合劑聚合物的總質量,具有酸基的結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為5%~95%,就抑制因鹼顯影而導致的圖像強度的損傷的觀點而言,更佳為10%~90%。The binder polymer may have one or two or more structural units having an acid group. The content of the structural unit having an acid group is preferably 5% to 95% by mass in terms of the total mass of the binder polymer, and from the viewpoint of suppressing damage of image strength due to alkali development, More preferably, it is 10% to 90%.

相對於組成物的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的黏合劑聚合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%,更佳為0.3質量%~25質量%。The content of the binder polymer in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably from 0.3% by mass to 25% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.

(e)溶劑 本發明的組成物含有溶劑。 作為溶劑,可列舉水或有機溶劑。 作為有機溶劑的例子,例如可列舉:丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己烷、乙酸乙酯、二氯化乙烯、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙醯基丙酮、環己酮、環戊酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基甲氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等,但並不限定於該些。(e) Solvent The composition of the present invention contains a solvent. As a solvent, water or an organic solvent is mentioned. Examples of the organic solvent include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene. Alcohol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetyl ketone acetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, Glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethyl Diol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, Dimethyl sulfonium, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, etc., but are not limited thereto.

溶劑可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 於將兩種以上的溶劑組合使用的情況下,特佳為包含選自由所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯所組成的群組中的兩種以上。 相對於組成物的總質量,本發明的組成物中所含的溶劑的量較佳為10質量%~90質量%,更佳為20質量%~85質量%。The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the case where two or more solvents are used in combination, it is particularly preferred to comprise a solvent selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl Two or more of the group consisting of carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate. The amount of the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 10% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably from 20% by mass to 85% by mass based on the total mass of the composition.

<其他任意成分> 本發明的組成物中亦可包含所述各主成分以外的其他成分。 以下,對各種任意成分進行詳細敘述。<Other optional components> The composition of the present invention may contain other components than the above-described main components. Hereinafter, various arbitrary components will be described in detail.

[矽烷偶合劑] 所謂矽烷偶合劑是指於分子中具有水解性基與其以外的官能基的化合物。再者,烷氧基等水解性基鍵結於矽原子。 所謂水解性基是指直接鍵結於矽原子且可藉由水解反應及/或縮合反應而生成矽氧烷鍵的取代基。作為水解性基,例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、醯基氧基、烯基氧基。於水解性基具有碳原子的情況下,其碳數較佳為6以下,更佳為4以下。特佳為碳數4以下的烷氧基或碳數4以下的烯基氧基。 另外,為了提高基板與硬化膜間的密接性,矽烷偶合劑較佳為並不包含氟原子及矽原子(其中,鍵結有水解性基的矽原子除外),理想的是並不包含氟原子、矽原子(其中,鍵結有水解性基的矽原子除外)、經矽原子取代的伸烷基、碳數8以上的直鏈烷基及碳數3以上的分鏈烷基。[Centane Coupling Agent] The decane coupling agent refers to a compound having a hydrolyzable group and a functional group other than the molecule. Further, a hydrolyzable group such as an alkoxy group is bonded to a ruthenium atom. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent which is directly bonded to a ruthenium atom and which can form a siloxane chain by a hydrolysis reaction and/or a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a mercaptooxy group, and an alkenyloxy group. When the hydrolyzable group has a carbon atom, the carbon number is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less. It is particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms. Further, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the cured film, the decane coupling agent preferably does not contain a fluorine atom or a ruthenium atom (except for a ruthenium atom to which a hydrolyzable group is bonded), and preferably does not contain a fluorine atom. And a ruthenium atom (excluding a ruthenium atom having a hydrolyzable group bonded thereto), an alkylene group substituted with a ruthenium atom, a linear alkyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms, and a branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms.

矽烷偶合劑較佳為具有以下的式(Z)所表示的基。*表示鍵結位置。   式(Z)      *-Si-(RZ1 )3 式(Z)中,RZ1 表示水解性基,其定義如上所述。The decane coupling agent preferably has a group represented by the following formula (Z). * indicates the bonding position. Formula (Z) *-Si-(R Z1 ) 3 In the formula (Z), R Z1 represents a hydrolyzable group, and its definition is as described above.

矽烷偶合劑較佳為具有選自由(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基、環氧基及氧雜環丁基所組成的群組中的一種以上的硬化性官能基。硬化性官能基可直接鍵結於矽原子,亦可經由連結基而鍵結於矽原子。 再者,作為所述矽烷偶合劑中所含的硬化性官能基的較佳態樣,亦可列舉自由基聚合性基。The decane coupling agent preferably has one or more types of curable functional groups selected from the group consisting of (meth) acryloyloxy groups, epoxy groups, and oxetanyl groups. The hardening functional group may be directly bonded to the ruthenium atom or may be bonded to the ruthenium atom via the linking group. Further, as a preferred aspect of the curable functional group contained in the decane coupling agent, a radical polymerizable group may also be mentioned.

矽烷偶合劑的分子量並無特別限制,就操作性的方面而言,多數情況下為100~1000,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為270以上,更佳為270~1000。The molecular weight of the decane coupling agent is not particularly limited, and is usually from 100 to 1,000 in terms of workability, and is preferably 270 or more, and more preferably from 270 to 1,000, in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent. .

作為矽烷偶合劑的較佳態樣之一,可列舉式(W)所表示的矽烷偶合劑X。   式(W)          RZ2 -Lz-Si-(RZ1 )3 RZ1 表示水解性基,定義如上所述。 RZ2 表示硬化性官能基,定義如上所述,較佳範圍亦如上所述。 Lz表示單鍵或二價連結基。於Lz表示二價連結基的情況下,作為二價連結基,可列舉:鹵素原子可取代的伸烷基、鹵素原子可取代的伸芳基、-NR12 -、-CONR12 -、-CO-、-CO2 -、SO2 NR12 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、或該些的組合。其中,較佳為包含選自由碳數2~10的鹵素原子可取代的伸烷基及碳數6~12的鹵素原子可取代的伸芳基所組成的群組中的至少一種、或該些基與選自由-NR12 -、-CONR12 -、-CO-、-CO2 -、SO2 NR12 -、-O-、-S-及-SO2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種基的組合的基,更佳為包含碳數2~10的鹵素原子可取代的伸烷基、-CO2 -、-O-、-CO-、-CONR12 -、或該些基的組合的基。此處,所述R12 表示氫原子或甲基。One of preferred embodiments of the decane coupling agent is a decane coupling agent X represented by the formula (W). Formula (W) R Z2 -Lz-Si-(R Z1 ) 3 R Z1 represents a hydrolyzable group, and the definition is as described above. R Z2 represents a hardenable functional group, and the definition is as described above, and the preferred range is also as described above. Lz represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. In the case where Lz represents a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, an extended aryl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO -, -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, or a combination of these. In particular, it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group which may be substituted by a halogen atom having 2 to 10 carbon atoms and an extended alkyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or the like. And at least one selected from the group consisting of -NR 12 -, -CONR 12 -, -CO-, -CO 2 -, SO 2 NR 12 -, -O-, -S-, and -SO 2 - The group of the combination of the group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, -CO 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -CONR 12 -, or a combination of these groups base. Here, R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為矽烷偶合劑X,可列舉:N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-甲基二甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-602)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-603)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-602)、γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-903)、γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-503)、縮水甘油氧基辛基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-4803)等。Examples of the decane coupling agent X include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-602), and N-β. -Aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethyl Oxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-602), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-903), γ-aminopropyl - Triethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503), Glycidoxyoctyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-4803).

作為矽烷偶合劑的另一較佳態樣,可列舉分子內至少具有矽原子與氮原子及硬化性官能基且具有鍵結於矽原子的水解性基的矽烷偶合劑Y。 該矽烷偶合劑Y只要於分子內具有至少一個矽原子即可,矽原子可與以下的原子、取代基鍵結。該些可為相同的原子、取代基,亦可不同。可鍵結的原子、取代基可列舉:氫原子、鹵素原子、羥基、碳數1至20的烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、可經烷基及/或芳基取代的胺基、矽烷基、碳數1至20的烷氧基、芳氧基等。該些取代基亦可進而經矽烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫代烷氧基、可經烷基及/或芳基取代的胺基、鹵素原子、磺醯胺基、烷氧基羰基、醯胺基、脲基、銨基、烷基銨基、羧基或其鹽、磺基或其鹽等取代。 再者,至少一個水解性基鍵結於矽原子。水解性基的定義如上所述。 矽烷偶合劑Y中亦可包含式(Z)所表示的基。Another preferable aspect of the decane coupling agent is a decane coupling agent Y having at least a ruthenium atom, a nitrogen atom, and a curable functional group in the molecule and having a hydrolyzable group bonded to a ruthenium atom. The decane coupling agent Y may have at least one ruthenium atom in the molecule, and the ruthenium atom may be bonded to the following atoms or substituents. These may be the same atom, a substituent, or may be different. Examples of the bondable atom and the substituent include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and an amine group which may be substituted with an alkyl group and/or an aryl group. And a decyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group or the like. The substituents may further be substituted with a decyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, thioalkoxy group, an amine group which may be substituted by an alkyl group and/or an aryl group, a halogen atom A sulfonamide group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a decylamino group, a ureido group, an ammonium group, an alkylammonium group, a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or the like. Further, at least one hydrolyzable group is bonded to a ruthenium atom. The definition of the hydrolyzable group is as described above. The group represented by the formula (Z) may also be contained in the decane coupling agent Y.

矽烷偶合劑Y於分子內具有至少一個以上的氮原子,且氮原子較佳為以二級胺基或三級胺基的形態存在,即,較佳為氮原子具有至少一個有機基作為取代基。再者,作為胺基的結構,可以含氮雜環的部分結構的形態存在於分子內,亦可以苯胺等取代胺基的形式存在。 此處,作為有機基,可列舉:烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、或該些的組合等。該些亦可進而具有取代基,作為可導入的取代基,可列舉:矽烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫代烷氧基、胺基、鹵素原子、磺醯胺基、烷氧基羰基、羰基氧基、醯胺基、脲基、伸烷基氧基、銨基、烷基銨基、羧基或其鹽、磺基等。 另外,氮原子較佳為經由任意的有機連結基而與硬化性官能基鍵結。作為較佳的有機連結基,可列舉可導入至所述氮原子及與其鍵結的有機基的取代基。The decane coupling agent Y has at least one or more nitrogen atoms in the molecule, and the nitrogen atom preferably exists in the form of a secondary amino group or a tertiary amino group, that is, preferably, the nitrogen atom has at least one organic group as a substituent. . Further, the structure of the amine group may be present in the form of a partial structure containing a nitrogen hetero ring, or may be in the form of a substituted amine group such as aniline. Here, examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof. These may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which may be introduced include a fluorenyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a thioalkoxy group, an amine group, and a halogen atom. And a sulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a decylamino group, a ureido group, an alkyleneoxy group, an ammonium group, an alkylammonium group, a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, a sulfo group or the like. Further, the nitrogen atom is preferably bonded to the curable functional group via an arbitrary organic linking group. Preferred examples of the organic linking group include a substituent which can be introduced into the nitrogen atom and an organic group bonded thereto.

矽烷偶合劑Y中所含的硬化性官能基的定義如上所述,較佳範圍亦如上所述。 矽烷偶合劑Y只要於一分子中具有至少一個以上的硬化性官能基即可,亦可採用具有兩個以上的硬化性官能基的態樣,就感度、穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為具有2個~20個硬化性官能基,進而佳為具有4個~15個,最佳為於分子內具有6個~10個硬化性官能基的態樣。The definition of the curable functional group contained in the decane coupling agent Y is as described above, and the preferred range is also as described above. The decane coupling agent Y may have at least one or more curable functional groups in one molecule, and may have a form having two or more curable functional groups. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and stability, it is preferably It has 2 to 20 hardening functional groups, more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms, and most preferably has 6 to 10 hardening functional groups in the molecule.

矽烷偶合劑X及矽烷偶合劑Y的分子量並無特別限制,可列舉所述範圍(較佳為270以上)。The molecular weight of the decane coupling agent X and the decane coupling agent Y is not particularly limited, and the above range (preferably 270 or more) is exemplified.

相對於組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的矽烷偶合劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~10質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~8質量%,進而佳為1.0質量%~6質量%。The content of the decane coupling agent in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 8% by mass, even more preferably 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition. ~6% by mass.

本發明的組成物可包含單獨一種矽烷偶合劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於組成物包含兩種以上的矽烷偶合劑的情況下,只要其合計為所述範圍內即可。The composition of the present invention may contain a single decane coupling agent, or may contain two or more kinds. When the composition contains two or more kinds of decane coupling agents, the total amount may be within the above range.

[其他] 本發明的組成物中亦可包含紫外線吸收劑。藉此,可製成圖案的形狀更優異(精細)者。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、經取代的丙烯腈系、三嗪系的紫外線吸收劑。作為該些的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2012-068418號公報的段落0137~段落0142(對應的US2012/0068292的段落0251~段落0254)的化合物,可引用該些內容,且併入至本說明書中。 除此以外,亦可較佳地使用二乙基胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(大東化學製造,商品名:UV-503)等。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可列舉日本專利特開2012-32556號公報的段落0134~段落0148中所例示的化合物。 本發明的組成物可包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可不包含紫外線吸收劑,於包含的情況下,相對於組成物的總固體成分,紫外線吸收劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~15質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~10質量%,進而佳為0.1質量%~5質量%。[Others] The composition of the present invention may also contain an ultraviolet absorber. Thereby, the shape of the pattern can be made more excellent (fine). As the ultraviolet absorber, a salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based or triazine-based ultraviolet absorber can be used. As a specific example of these, a compound of paragraph 0137 to paragraph 0142 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-068418 (corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012/0068292) can be used, and the contents can be cited and incorporated into In this manual. In addition to this, a diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: UV-503) or the like can be preferably used. The ultraviolet absorbing agent may, for example, be a compound exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP-A-2012-32556. The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber. In the case of inclusion, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. It is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.

[界面活性劑] 就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,本發明的組成物亦可含有各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。[Interfacial Agent] The composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

藉由使氟系界面活性劑含有於本發明的組成物中,製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。即,於使用應用含有氟系界面活性劑的組成物的塗佈液而形成膜的情況下,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力下降,從而對被塗佈面的潤濕性得以改善,且對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,亦可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成。When the fluorine-based surfactant is contained in the composition of the present invention, the solution characteristics (particularly fluidity) when the coating liquid is prepared are further improved, and the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid-saving property can be further improved. In other words, when a film is formed by using a coating liquid containing a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is lowered to wet the surface to be coated. The properties are improved and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, film formation of a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness can be more preferably performed.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效果,且組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing content ratio of the fluorine-based surfactant in this range is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property, and the solubility in the composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)RS-72-K(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造);弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC431、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造);沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造);PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等。氟系界面活性劑亦可使用日本專利特開2015-117327號公報的段落0015~段落0158中記載的化合物。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2011-89090號公報中所記載的化合物。 氟系界面活性劑亦可較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,所述含氟高分子化合物包含源自具有氟原子的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的重複單元、與源自具有兩個以上(較佳為五個以上)的伸烷基氧基(較佳為伸乙基氧基、伸丙基氧基)的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的重複單元,下述化合物亦可作為本發明中所使用的氟系界面活性劑而例示。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac. F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac RS-72-K (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC)); Froude (Fluorad) FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above Sumitomo 3M (share)); Surfolon S-382, Surflon SC-101 , Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, sand Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, sand Long (Surflon) KH-40 (Asahi Glass (shares) manufactured); PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (OMNOVA (OMNOVA) Co., Ltd.). As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compound described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. Specific examples thereof include a compound described in JP-A-2011-89090. The fluorine-based surfactant may preferably be a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and having two or more origins ( A repeating unit of a (meth) acrylate compound preferably having five or more alkyleneoxy groups (preferably an ethyl ethoxy group, a propyloxy group), and the following compounds may also be used in the present invention. The fluorine-based surfactant to be used is exemplified.

[化11] [11]

所述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,例如為14,000。 另外,亦可將於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基的含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2010-164965號公報的段落0050~段落0090及段落0289~段落0295中所記載的化合物,例如迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的美佳法(Megafac)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。The weight average molecular weight of the compound is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. Further, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain may also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, for example, Megafac RS-101 manufactured by Diane Health (DIC) Co., Ltd. , RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K, etc.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的普魯洛尼克(Pluronic)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、特托羅尼克(Tetronic)304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、索爾斯帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股)製造)等。另外,亦可使用和光純藥工業公司製造的NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002。Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerin C). Oxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether , polyoxyethylene ethyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pullonik manufactured by BASF) (Pluronic) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic, 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1), Solsperse 20000 (Japan Lubo Run (Lubrizol) (manufacturing) and so on. In addition, NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. can also be used.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、No.90、No.95(共榮社化學(股)製造),W001(裕商(股)製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry ( (manufacturing)), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers Polyflow No.75, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (Yu Shang ( Share) manufacturing) and so on.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股)公司製造),桑德特(Sandetto)BL(三洋化成(股)公司製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandetto BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400(以上為東麗道康寧(Toray Dow Corning)(股)製造),TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造),KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為信越矽酮股份有限公司製造),BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造)等。Examples of the anthrone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, and Toray Silicone. SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above Toray Dow) Corning), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (above) BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, BYK Chemie), etc., manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可將兩種以上加以組合。相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。The surfactant may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

除所述成分以外,本發明的組成物中亦可進而添加以下成分。例如可列舉增感劑、共增感劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、聚合抑制劑、塑化劑、稀釋劑、敏化劑(sensitizer)等,進而亦可視需要而添加對基板表面的密接促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)等公知的添加劑。 該些成分例如可參考日本專利特開2012-003225號公報的段落編號0183~段落編號0228(對應的美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的[0237]~[0309])、日本專利特開2008-250074號公報的段落編號0101~段落編號0102、段落編號0103~段落編號0104、段落編號0107~段落編號0109、日本專利特開2013-195480號公報的段落編號0159~段落編號0184等的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。In addition to the above components, the following components may be further added to the composition of the present invention. For example, a sensitizer, a co-sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a hardening accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, a diluent, a sensitizer, etc. are mentioned, and further, as needed And adding an adhesion promoter to the surface of the substrate and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, a filler, an antifoaming agent, a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, an antioxidant, a fragrance, a surface tension adjuster, A known additive such as a chain transfer agent or the like. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-003225, Paragraph No. 0183 to Paragraph No. 0228 (corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, [0237] to [0309]), Japanese Patent Laid-Open JP-A-2008-250074, paragraph number 0101 to paragraph number 0102, paragraph number 0103 to paragraph number 0104, paragraph number 0107 to paragraph number 0109, and paragraph number 0159 to paragraph number 0184 of JP-A-2013-195480 This content is incorporated into the specification of the present application.

本發明的組成物的固體成分濃度較佳為5質量%~50質量%,就所形成的硬化膜的厚度及遮光性的平衡的方面而言,更佳為15質量%~40質量%。The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 15% by mass to 40% by mass in terms of the balance between the thickness of the cured film to be formed and the light-shielding property.

[組成物的製備方法] 本發明的組成物可藉由公知的混合方法(例如,攪拌機、均質機、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機、濕式分散機)將所述各種成分混合而製備。 出於去除異物或減少缺陷等目的,本發明的組成物較佳為藉由過濾器進行過濾。作為過濾器,若為自先前以來便用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可並無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉:利用聚四氟乙烯(polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等的過濾器。該些原材料中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)、尼龍。 過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.1 μm~7.0 μm左右,較佳為0.2 μm~2.5 μm左右,更佳為0.2 μm~1.5 μm左右,進而佳為0.3 μm~0.7 μm。藉由設為該範圍,可抑制顏料的過濾堵塞,並且可將顏料中所含的雜質或凝聚物等微細的異物確實地去除。 於使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行一次,亦可進行兩次以上。於組合不同的過濾器來進行兩次以上的過濾的情況下,較佳為第二次以後的過濾的孔徑與第一次的過濾的孔徑相同,或大於第一次的過濾的孔徑。另外,亦可於所述範圍內將不同孔徑的第1過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本應特格(Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 第2過濾器可使用藉由與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成的過濾器。第2過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.2 μm~10.0 μm左右,較佳為0.2 μm~7.0 μm左右,進而佳為0.3 μm~6.0 μm左右。[Method for Preparing Composition] The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the various components by a known mixing method (for example, a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high pressure emulsifier, a wet pulverizer, or a wet disperser). The composition of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter or reducing defects. The filter is not particularly limited as long as it is used for a filter or the like since the prior art. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon, or a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (including high density and ultrahigh molecular weight) may be used. Filter. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore diameter of the filter is suitably from about 0.1 μm to about 7.0 μm, preferably from about 0.2 μm to about 2.5 μm, more preferably from about 0.2 μm to about 1.5 μm, and even more preferably from 0.3 μm to 0.7 μm. By setting it as this range, it is possible to suppress the filtration clogging of the pigment, and it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matter such as impurities or aggregates contained in the pigment. Different filters can also be combined when using filters. In this case, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once or twice or more. In the case where different filters are combined to perform two or more filtrations, it is preferred that the pore size of the second and subsequent filtrations is the same as the pore diameter of the first filtration or larger than the pore diameter of the first filtration. Further, the first filters of different pore sizes may be combined within the above range. The aperture here can be referred to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, from Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., and Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Mi Curry, Japan) (Mykrolis) Co., Ltd.) or Kitez Microfilter (Kitz Microfilter) Co., Ltd. and other filters are available. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material or the like as the first filter can be used. The pore diameter of the second filter is suitably from about 0.2 μm to about 10.0 μm, preferably from about 0.2 μm to about 7.0 μm, and more preferably from about 0.3 μm to about 6.0 μm.

<硬化膜的製造步驟> 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括:第1步驟,以著落尺寸成為D1的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第1塗膜;第2步驟,以著落尺寸成為D2的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第2塗膜;以及實施硬化處理而形成硬化膜的步驟。如此,獲得硬化膜。 此處,「第1塗膜」藉由所述硬化處理進行硬化而成為「第1膜」。同樣地,「第2塗膜」藉由所述硬化處理進行硬化而成為「第2膜」。即,藉由本發明的硬化膜的製造方法,獲得具有第1膜及第2膜的硬化膜。 以下,參照圖1A及圖1B來對本發明的硬化膜的製造方法的一例進行說明。圖1A及圖1B是如上所述般階段性地表示本發明的硬化膜的製造方法的一例的說明圖。<Step of Producing Cured Film> The method for producing a cured film according to the present invention includes the first step of spray coating the curable composition to form a first coating film so that the landing size is D1, and the second step of landing The step of applying D2 to the curable composition to form a second coating film, and performing a curing treatment to form a cured film. In this way, a cured film is obtained. Here, the "first coating film" is cured by the curing treatment to become a "first film". Similarly, the "second coating film" is cured by the curing treatment to become a "second film." In other words, the cured film having the first film and the second film is obtained by the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. Hereinafter, an example of a method for producing a cured film of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1A and 1B. 1A and 1B are explanatory views showing an example of a method of producing a cured film of the present invention as described above.

(第1步驟) 第1步驟為以著落尺寸成為D1的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第1塗膜的步驟。具體而言,如圖1A所示,若自噴霧裝置的噴嘴210噴射所述硬化性組成物,則硬化性組成物變成多個液滴而飛行,該些多個液滴著落於基板100的表面(被塗佈面)。被塗佈面的所附著的液滴乾燥而成為粒狀物120a。多個該粒狀物120a聚集而形成者構成第1塗膜120A。 再者,所使用的基板的種類並無特別限制。其中,於將硬化膜配置於固體攝像裝置內的情況下,作為基板,可較佳地列舉固體攝像裝置內的各種構件(例如,紅外光截止濾光片、固體攝像元件的外周部、晶圓級透鏡外周部、固體攝像元件背面等)等。 另外,噴霧裝置並無特別限定,可使用公知的裝置。(First Step) The first step is a step of spray-coating the curable composition so that the landing size becomes D1 to form a first coating film. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1A, when the curable composition is ejected from the nozzle 210 of the spray device, the curable composition flies into a plurality of droplets, and the plurality of droplets land on the surface of the substrate 100. (coated surface). The droplets adhering to the coated surface are dried to form a granular material 120a. A plurality of the granules 120a are aggregated to form a first coating film 120A. Furthermore, the type of the substrate to be used is not particularly limited. In the case where the cured film is disposed in the solid-state imaging device, various components in the solid-state imaging device (for example, an infrared light-cut filter, an outer peripheral portion of the solid-state imaging device, and a wafer) are preferably used as the substrate. The outer peripheral portion of the lens, the back surface of the solid-state imaging device, etc.). Further, the spray device is not particularly limited, and a known device can be used.

此處,本發明中的所謂著落尺寸,是指於藉由自噴霧裝置的噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物而產生的液滴附著於玻璃基板時,使該液滴乾燥而獲得的粒狀物的直徑。具體而言,著落尺寸是藉由以下方式而獲得:利用光學顯微鏡觀察附著於玻璃基板的粒狀物,假設粒狀物為圓(圓近似徑),測定500處的粒狀物並對其進行算術平均。 再者,測定著落尺寸時的乾燥條件並無特別限定,只要於液滴中所含的揮發成分(溶劑等)中的80質量%以上進行揮發的條件下進行即可。Here, the term "landing size" as used in the present invention refers to a diameter of a granular material obtained by drying a droplet when a droplet generated by spraying a curable composition from a nozzle of a spray device adheres to a glass substrate. . Specifically, the landing size is obtained by observing the granular material attached to the glass substrate by an optical microscope, and assuming that the granular material is a circle (a circular approximate diameter), the granular material at 500 is measured and subjected to Arithmetic average. In addition, the drying conditions at the time of measuring the landing size are not particularly limited, and may be carried out under the condition that 80% by mass or more of the volatile components (solvent or the like) contained in the droplets are volatilized.

著落尺寸D1較佳為35 μm~150 μm,更佳為40 μm~145 μm,進而佳為45 μm~140 μm。藉由著落尺寸D1處於所述範圍內,進一步提高硬化膜的微影性能。The landing size D1 is preferably from 35 μm to 150 μm, more preferably from 40 μm to 145 μm, and even more preferably from 45 μm to 140 μm. By the landing size D1 being within the above range, the lithographic performance of the cured film is further improved.

可藉由適宜設定噴霧塗佈的條件來控制著落尺寸。作為用以控制著落尺寸的較佳條件,可列舉:噴霧塗佈時的噴嘴高度、霧化壓、液壓、噴嘴開口徑等。The landing size can be controlled by appropriately setting the conditions of the spray coating. Preferred conditions for controlling the landing size include nozzle height, atomization pressure, hydraulic pressure, nozzle opening diameter, and the like at the time of spray coating.

所謂噴霧塗佈時的噴嘴高度,是指噴霧裝置的噴嘴前端(自噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物的部分)與被塗佈面(圖1A中為基板100的表面)的距離。 第1步驟中,噴嘴高度L1(距離L1)較佳為10 cm以下,更佳為小於5 cm,進而佳為4 cm以下,特佳為3 cm以下。另外,下限值較佳為1 cm以上,更佳為2 cm以上。藉由將噴嘴高度L1設為小於5 cm,可抑制液滴於飛行時的揮發成分的揮發,故可進一步增大著落尺寸。藉此,進一步提高硬化膜的微影性能。另外,藉由將噴嘴高度L1設為1 cm以上,可抑制著落的液滴流掛,故有可抑制第1塗膜的表面狀態粗糙及硬化膜的針孔產生的優點。The nozzle height at the time of spray coating refers to the distance between the nozzle tip end (portion from the nozzle jet curable composition) and the coated surface (the surface of the substrate 100 in FIG. 1A). In the first step, the nozzle height L1 (distance L1) is preferably 10 cm or less, more preferably less than 5 cm, further preferably 4 cm or less, and particularly preferably 3 cm or less. Further, the lower limit is preferably 1 cm or more, and more preferably 2 cm or more. By setting the nozzle height L1 to less than 5 cm, it is possible to suppress the volatilization of the volatile components during the flight of the droplets, so that the landing size can be further increased. Thereby, the lithographic performance of the cured film is further improved. In addition, by setting the nozzle height L1 to 1 cm or more, it is possible to suppress the flow of the dropped droplets, and it is possible to suppress the surface roughness of the first coating film and the occurrence of pinholes in the cured film.

所謂霧化壓,是指為了自噴霧裝置的噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物而施加至硬化性組成物的壓力。 第1步驟中的霧化壓較佳為300 g/cm2 ~500 g/cm2 ,更佳為350 g/cm2 ~490 g/cm2 ,進而佳為380 g/cm2 ~480 g/cm2 。藉由霧化壓為500 g/cm2 以下,可減少於自噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物時所混入的氣體的量,故液滴難以乾燥。藉此,由於可增大著落尺寸,故可進一步提高硬化膜的微影性能。藉由霧化壓為300 g/cm2 以上,可更良好地自噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物。The atomization pressure refers to a pressure applied to the curable composition in order to eject the curable composition from the nozzle of the spray device. The atomization pressure in the first step is preferably from 300 g/cm 2 to 500 g/cm 2 , more preferably from 350 g/cm 2 to 490 g/cm 2 , and still more preferably from 380 g/cm 2 to 480 g/ Cm 2 . When the atomization pressure is 500 g/cm 2 or less, the amount of gas mixed in when the curable composition is ejected from the nozzle can be reduced, so that it is difficult to dry the droplets. Thereby, since the landing size can be increased, the lithographic performance of the cured film can be further improved. By the atomization pressure of 300 g/cm 2 or more, the curable composition can be more efficiently sprayed from the nozzle.

所謂液壓,是指為了向噴嘴供給硬化性組成物而施加至硬化性組成物的壓力。 第1步驟中的液壓較佳為10 g/cm2 ~32 g/cm2 ,更佳為10 g/cm2 ~30 g/cm2 ,進而佳為15 g/cm2 ~28 g/cm2 ,特佳為18 g/cm2 ~25 g/cm2 。藉由液壓為32 g/cm2 以下,可抑制著落的液滴流掛,因此可抑制第1塗膜的表面狀態的粗糙,故可減小第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra。藉由液壓為10 g/cm2 以上,可增大著落尺寸,故可進一步提高硬化膜的微影性能。The hydraulic pressure refers to the pressure applied to the curable composition in order to supply the curable composition to the nozzle. The hydraulic pressure in the first step is preferably from 10 g/cm 2 to 32 g/cm 2 , more preferably from 10 g/cm 2 to 30 g/cm 2 , even more preferably from 15 g/cm 2 to 28 g/cm 2 . Particularly preferred is 18 g/cm 2 to 25 g/cm 2 . When the hydraulic pressure is 32 g/cm 2 or less, the drooping of the droplets can be suppressed, so that the surface roughness of the first coating film can be suppressed, so that the surface roughness Ra of the first film can be made small. When the hydraulic pressure is 10 g/cm 2 or more, the landing size can be increased, so that the lithographic performance of the cured film can be further improved.

如上所述般,第1塗膜藉由後述的硬化處理進行硬化而成為「第1膜」。 第1膜的膜厚T1較佳為1 μm~5 μm,更佳為2.2 μm~4.0 μm,進而佳為2.5 μm~3.8 μm。藉由膜厚T1為2.2 μm以上,有可進一步抑制針孔的產生的優點。藉由膜厚T1為4.0 μm以下,有可使器件低背化的優點。 此處,膜厚T1為平均厚度,且為測定第1膜的任意五處以上的厚度並對該些進行算術平均而得的值。 另外,所謂第1膜的膜厚,是指對不實施第2步驟而僅實施第1步驟所獲得的第1塗膜進行硬化而獲得的膜的厚度。 膜厚可藉由反復塗佈塗膜的次數、或噴嘴的移動速度、間距等進行調整。As described above, the first coating film is cured by the curing treatment described later to become the "first film". The film thickness T1 of the first film is preferably from 1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably from 2.2 μm to 4.0 μm, still more preferably from 2.5 μm to 3.8 μm. When the film thickness T1 is 2.2 μm or more, there is an advantage that the occurrence of pinholes can be further suppressed. Since the film thickness T1 is 4.0 μm or less, there is an advantage that the device can be made low-profile. Here, the film thickness T1 is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness of any five or more places of the first film and arithmetically averaging these. In addition, the film thickness of the first film refers to the thickness of the film obtained by curing only the first coating film obtained by performing the first step without performing the second step. The film thickness can be adjusted by the number of times the coating film is repeatedly applied, the moving speed of the nozzle, the pitch, and the like.

第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.01 μm~0.6 μm,更佳為0.01 μm~0.5 μm,進而佳為0.01 μm~0.2 μm,特佳為0.01 μm~0.1 μm。藉由第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra處於所述範圍內,有微影性能進一步提高的優點。 第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra可使用表面原子力顯微鏡(Nanoscope 4A,日本維易科(Veeco)製造)進行測定。 另外,所謂第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra,是指對不實施第2步驟而僅實施第1步驟所獲得的第1塗膜進行硬化而獲得的膜的表面粗糙度Ra。The surface roughness Ra of the first film is preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.6 μm, more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.5 μm, still more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.2 μm, particularly preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.1 μm. When the surface roughness Ra of the first film is within the above range, there is an advantage that the lithography performance is further improved. The surface roughness Ra of the first film can be measured using a surface atomic force microscope (Nanoscope 4A, manufactured by Veeco, Japan). In addition, the surface roughness Ra of the first film is the surface roughness Ra of the film obtained by curing only the first coating film obtained by performing the first step without performing the second step.

第1步驟亦可包括於噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物後使附著於被塗佈面的液滴乾燥的處理。乾燥處理的方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉利用加熱板等對被塗佈面(基板)進行加熱的方法。此種乾燥處理有時稱作預烘烤處理。 乾燥處理的條件並無特別限定,通常若為加熱板,則於80℃~120℃下進行1分鐘~5分鐘,若為烘箱,則於80℃~120℃下進行0.5小時~2小時。The first step may also include a treatment of drying the droplets adhering to the coated surface after spray coating the curable composition. The method of the drying treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of heating the coated surface (substrate) by a hot plate or the like. Such drying treatment is sometimes referred to as a prebaking treatment. The conditions of the drying treatment are not particularly limited, and are usually from 80 ° C to 120 ° C for 1 minute to 5 minutes in the case of a hot plate, and from 80 ° C to 120 ° C for 0.5 hour to 2 hours in the case of an oven.

(第2步驟) 第2步驟為以著落尺寸成為D2的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第2塗膜的步驟。 第2步驟可於第1步驟之前實施,亦可於第1步驟之後實施,就進一步發揮本發明的效果的觀點而言,較佳為於第1步驟之後實施。(Second Step) The second step is a step of spray-coating the curable composition so that the landing size becomes D2 to form a second coating film. The second step can be carried out before the first step, or after the first step, and from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present invention, it is preferably carried out after the first step.

圖1B的例子是表示於第1步驟之後實施第2步驟的態樣者。具體而言,若自噴霧裝置的噴嘴210噴射所述硬化性組成物,則硬化性組成物變成多個液滴而飛行,該些多個液滴著落於第1塗膜120A的表面(被塗佈面)。附著於第1塗膜120A的表面的液滴乾燥而成為粒狀物120b。多個該粒狀物120b聚集而形成者構成第2塗膜120B。The example of Fig. 1B shows the aspect in which the second step is performed after the first step. Specifically, when the curable composition is ejected from the nozzle 210 of the spray device, the curable composition flies into a plurality of droplets, and the plurality of droplets land on the surface of the first coating film 120A (coated) Cloth). The droplets adhering to the surface of the first coating film 120A are dried to become the pellets 120b. A plurality of the granular materials 120b are aggregated to form a second coating film 120B.

著落尺寸D2較佳為1 μm~30 μm,更佳為1 μm~20 μm,進而佳為1 μm~10 μm。藉由著落尺寸D2為所述範圍內,可進一步降低硬化膜的反射率。此處的著落尺寸D2是藉由以下方式而獲得:利用光學顯微鏡觀察附著於玻璃基板的粒狀物,假設粒狀物為圓(圓近似徑),測定500處的粒狀物並對其進行算術平均。The landing size D2 is preferably from 1 μm to 30 μm, more preferably from 1 μm to 20 μm, and still more preferably from 1 μm to 10 μm. By the landing size D2 being within the above range, the reflectance of the cured film can be further lowered. The landing size D2 here is obtained by observing the granular material attached to the glass substrate by an optical microscope, and assuming that the granular material is a circle (a circular approximate diameter), the granular material at 500 is measured and subjected to Arithmetic average.

第2步驟中,噴嘴高度L2(距離L2)較佳為8 cm以上,更佳為超過10 cm,進而佳為12 cm以上,特佳為13 cm以上。另外,上限值較佳為20 cm以下,更佳為15 cm以下。藉由將噴嘴高度L2設為超過10 cm,可促進液滴於飛行時的揮發成分的揮發,故可進一步減小著落尺寸。藉此,可進一步降低硬化膜的反射率。另外,藉由將噴嘴高度L2設為15 cm以下,存在可減少用以獲得所期望的膜厚的塗佈的重複次數、從而可縮短步驟時間的效果。 再者,圖1B中,噴嘴高度L2(距離L2)是指噴霧裝置的噴嘴210的前端與第1塗膜120A的表面的距離。In the second step, the nozzle height L2 (distance L2) is preferably 8 cm or more, more preferably more than 10 cm, and further preferably 12 cm or more, particularly preferably 13 cm or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 20 cm or less, more preferably 15 cm or less. By setting the nozzle height L2 to more than 10 cm, the volatilization of the volatile components during the flight can be promoted, so that the landing size can be further reduced. Thereby, the reflectance of the cured film can be further reduced. Further, by setting the nozzle height L2 to 15 cm or less, there is an effect that the number of repetitions of coating for obtaining a desired film thickness can be reduced, and the step time can be shortened. In FIG. 1B, the nozzle height L2 (distance L2) means the distance between the tip end of the nozzle 210 of the spray device and the surface of the first coating film 120A.

第2步驟中的霧化壓較佳為300 g/cm2 ~500 g/cm2 ,更佳為400 g/cm2 ~500 g/cm2 ,進而佳為410 g/cm2 ~450 g/cm2 。藉由霧化壓為450 g/cm2 以下,液滴自噴嘴噴出直至著落為止完全乾燥,可抑制於塗佈機內(噴霧裝置中,為使液滴附著於被塗佈面的區域)以顆粒的形式懸浮,故可抑制顆粒附著於塗佈面。藉此,可抑制顆粒污染其他裝置,或可抑制顆粒附著於基板的背面而成為污染的原因。另外,藉由霧化壓為300 g/cm2 以上,可增多於自噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物時所混入的氣體的量,故液滴容易乾燥。藉此,由於著落尺寸變小,故可進一步降低硬化膜的反射率。The atomization pressure in the second step is preferably from 300 g/cm 2 to 500 g/cm 2 , more preferably from 400 g/cm 2 to 500 g/cm 2 , and further preferably from 410 g/cm 2 to 450 g/ Cm 2 . When the atomization pressure is 450 g/cm 2 or less, the liquid droplets are completely dried from the nozzles until they land, and can be suppressed in the coating machine (in the spray device, the droplets are attached to the coated surface). The form of the particles is suspended, so that the adhesion of the particles to the coated surface can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to suppress contamination of other devices by the particles, or to suppress adhesion of the particles to the back surface of the substrate to cause contamination. Further, when the atomization pressure is 300 g/cm 2 or more, the amount of gas mixed in when the curable composition is ejected from the nozzle can be increased, so that the droplets are easily dried. Thereby, since the landing size becomes small, the reflectance of the cured film can be further reduced.

第2步驟中的液壓較佳為10 g/cm2 ~30 g/cm2 ,更佳為15 g/cm2 ~25 g/cm2 ,進而佳為17 g/cm2 ~24 g/cm2 。藉由液壓為25 g/cm2 以下,可進一步減小著落尺寸。另外,藉由液壓為10 g/cm2 以上,可抑制於噴嘴中硬化性組成物乾燥而產生堵塞的現象。The hydraulic pressure in the second step is preferably from 10 g/cm 2 to 30 g/cm 2 , more preferably from 15 g/cm 2 to 25 g/cm 2 , and still more preferably from 17 g/cm 2 to 24 g/cm 2 . . The landing size can be further reduced by a hydraulic pressure of 25 g/cm 2 or less. In addition, when the hydraulic pressure is 10 g/cm 2 or more, it is possible to suppress the phenomenon that the curable composition in the nozzle is dried and clogging occurs.

如上所述般,第2塗膜藉由後述的硬化處理進行硬化而成為「第2膜」。 第2膜的膜厚T2較佳為0.1 μm~2 μm,更佳為0.1 μm~1.5 μm,進而佳為0.1 μm~1.2 μm。藉由膜厚T2處於所述範圍內,可進一步降低反射率。 此處,膜厚T2為平均厚度,且為測定第2膜的任意五處以上的厚度並對該些進行算術平均而得的值。 另外,所謂第2膜的膜厚,是指對不實施第1步驟而僅實施第2步驟所獲得的第2塗膜進行硬化而獲得的膜的厚度。As described above, the second coating film is cured by the curing treatment described later to become the "second film". The film thickness T2 of the second film is preferably 0.1 μm to 2 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 1.5 μm, still more preferably 0.1 μm to 1.2 μm. The reflectance can be further reduced by the film thickness T2 being within the above range. Here, the film thickness T2 is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness of any five or more places of the second film and arithmetically averaging these. In addition, the film thickness of the second film refers to the thickness of the film obtained by curing only the second coating film obtained by performing the second step without performing the first step.

於藉由本發明的硬化膜的製造方法獲得硬化膜的情況下,所獲得的硬化膜的膜厚較佳為2.0 μm~8.0 μm,更佳為2.5 μm~6.0 μm,進而佳為3.0 μm~5.0 μm。In the case where a cured film is obtained by the method for producing a cured film of the present invention, the film thickness of the obtained cured film is preferably 2.0 μm to 8.0 μm, more preferably 2.5 μm to 6.0 μm, and still more preferably 3.0 μm to 5.0. Mm.

第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.1 μm~2.0 μm,更佳為0.1 μm~1.5 μm,進而佳為0.1 μm~1.0 μm。藉由第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra處於所述範圍內,硬化膜的反射率進一步提高。 第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra可利用與第1膜相同的方法來測定。另外,所謂第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra,是指對不實施第1步驟而僅實施第2步驟所獲得的第2塗膜進行硬化而獲得的膜的表面粗糙度Ra。The surface roughness Ra of the second film is preferably from 0.1 μm to 2.0 μm, more preferably from 0.1 μm to 1.5 μm, still more preferably from 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm. When the surface roughness Ra of the second film is within the above range, the reflectance of the cured film is further improved. The surface roughness Ra of the second film can be measured by the same method as the first film. In addition, the surface roughness Ra of the second film refers to the surface roughness Ra of the film obtained by curing only the second coating film obtained by performing the second step without performing the first step.

於藉由本發明的硬化膜的製造方法獲得硬化膜的情況下,所獲得的硬化膜的表面粗糙度Ra(與第1膜為相反側的第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra)較佳為0.1 μm~1.2 μm,更佳為0.1 μm~0.8 μm,進而佳為0.1 μm~0.5 μm,特佳為0.1 μm~0.3 μm。When the cured film is obtained by the method for producing a cured film of the present invention, the surface roughness Ra of the cured film obtained (the surface roughness Ra of the second film opposite to the first film) is preferably 0.1 μm. ~1.2 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.8 μm, further preferably 0.1 μm to 0.5 μm, particularly preferably 0.1 μm to 0.3 μm.

第2步驟亦可包括於噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物後使附著於被塗佈面的液滴乾燥的處理(預烘烤處理)。乾燥處理的方法及條件與所述第1步驟相同,因此省略其說明。The second step may also include a treatment (prebaking treatment) of drying the droplets adhering to the coated surface after spray coating the curable composition. The method and conditions of the drying treatment are the same as those of the first step, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

(第1步驟及第2步驟中的噴霧塗佈條件的關係、以及第1膜及第2膜的關係) 著落尺寸D1與著落尺寸D2滿足D1>D2的關係。 著落尺寸D1與著落尺寸D2的比D1/D2為5~150,較佳為10~140,更佳為10~100,進而佳為15~85。藉由所述比D1/D2處於所述範圍內,成為硬化膜的微影性能及反射率優異者。 另一方面,若所述比D1/D2小於5,則產生硬化膜的微影性能降低或反射率過高的不良情況。另外,若所述比D1/D2超過150,則硬化膜的微影性能降低。(Relationship between spray coating conditions in the first step and the second step, and relationship between the first film and the second film) The landing size D1 and the landing size D2 satisfy the relationship of D1 > D2. The ratio D1/D2 of the landing size D1 to the landing size D2 is 5 to 150, preferably 10 to 140, more preferably 10 to 100, and still more preferably 15 to 85. When the ratio D1/D2 is within the above range, the lithographic performance and reflectance of the cured film are excellent. On the other hand, if the ratio D1/D2 is less than 5, there is a problem that the lithographic performance of the cured film is lowered or the reflectance is too high. Further, when the ratio D1/D2 exceeds 150, the lithographic performance of the cured film is lowered.

第1步驟中的噴嘴高度L1(距離L1)較佳為小於第2步驟中的噴嘴高度L2(距離L2)。藉此,容易控制著落尺寸。 第1膜的膜厚T1與第2膜的膜厚T2的比T2/T1較佳為0.2~1.0,更佳為0.2~0.8,進而佳為0.2~0.75。藉由比T2/T1處於所述範圍內,可製成使硬化膜的微影性能及反射率更優異者。 第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為小於第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra。藉此,有可抑制硬化膜的微影性能降低或可抑制反射率變高的情況的優點。The nozzle height L1 (distance L1) in the first step is preferably smaller than the nozzle height L2 (distance L2) in the second step. Thereby, it is easy to control the landing size. The ratio T2/T1 of the film thickness T1 of the first film to the film thickness T2 of the second film is preferably 0.2 to 1.0, more preferably 0.2 to 0.8, still more preferably 0.2 to 0.75. By being in the above range than T2/T1, it is possible to make the lithographic performance and reflectance of the cured film more excellent. The surface roughness Ra of the first film is preferably smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the second film. Thereby, there is an advantage that the lithographic performance of the cured film can be suppressed from being lowered or the reflectance can be suppressed from being increased.

(硬化膜形成步驟) 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括實施硬化處理而形成硬化膜的步驟(硬化膜形成步驟)。藉此,第1塗膜進行硬化而成為第1膜,第2塗膜進行硬化而成為第2膜。如此,獲得具有第1膜及第2膜的硬化膜。 硬化膜形成步驟可於第1步驟後及第2步驟後的各個時序實施,亦可於第1步驟及第2步驟兩步驟結束後統一進行。 硬化處理較佳為實施光硬化處理及熱硬化處理的至少一者,就圖案形成容易的方面而言,較佳為光硬化處理(特別是藉由照射光化射線或放射線的硬化處理)。 硬化處理的條件並無特別限定,只要依據公知的條件進行即可。(Step of Forming Cured Film) The method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes a step of forming a cured film by performing a curing treatment (cured film forming step). Thereby, the first coating film is cured to become the first film, and the second coating film is cured to become the second film. In this manner, a cured film having the first film and the second film was obtained. The step of forming the cured film may be carried out at each sequence after the first step and after the second step, or may be performed uniformly after the completion of the two steps of the first step and the second step. The hardening treatment is preferably at least one of photohardening treatment and thermosetting treatment, and is preferably a photocuring treatment (particularly, a curing treatment by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation) in terms of ease of pattern formation. The conditions of the hardening treatment are not particularly limited, and may be carried out according to known conditions.

<圖案狀的硬化膜的製造方法> 本發明的硬化膜可為經圖案形成的所謂的圖案狀的硬化膜。作為形成圖案狀的硬化膜的方法,例如可列舉於所述硬化膜形成步驟中以圖案狀進行曝光處理後(以下亦稱為「曝光步驟」)實施顯影步驟的態樣。 具體而言,為如下態樣:於所述第1步驟及第2步驟兩步驟結束後,對形成於基板上的塗膜(第1塗膜及第2塗膜)實施照射光化射線或放射線的曝光步驟,形成以圖案狀進行了曝光的硬化膜,之後,實施對以圖案狀進行了曝光的硬化膜進行鹼顯影的顯影步驟。 以下,對所述態樣中的各步驟進行說明。再者,第1步驟及第2步驟如上所述,因此省略其說明。<Method for Producing Patterned Cured Film> The cured film of the present invention may be a so-called patterned cured film formed by patterning. The method of forming the patterned cured film is, for example, a state in which the development step is performed after the exposure treatment in the form of a pattern (hereinafter also referred to as "exposure step") in the step of forming the cured film. Specifically, after the two steps of the first step and the second step are completed, the coating film (the first coating film and the second coating film) formed on the substrate is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. In the exposure step, a cured film which is exposed in a pattern is formed, and then a development step of performing alkali development on the cured film which is exposed in a pattern is performed. Hereinafter, each step in the above description will be described. In addition, since the first step and the second step are as described above, the description thereof will be omitted.

(曝光步驟) 曝光步驟中,介隔遮罩對以所述方式獲得的塗膜(第1塗膜及第2塗膜)照射光化射線或放射線,藉此進行曝光,從而僅使經光照射的塗佈膜部分硬化。藉此,形成光未照射部分、與以圖案狀進行了曝光的部分(即,以圖案狀進行了曝光的硬化膜)。 曝光較佳為藉由放射線的照射來進行,作為曝光時可使用的放射線,特別是可較佳地使用g射線、h射線、i射線等紫外線,光源較佳為高壓水銀燈。照射強度較佳為5 mJ/cm2 ~1500 mJ/cm2 ,更佳為10 mJ/cm2 ~1000 mJ/cm2(Exposure step) In the exposure step, the coating film (the first coating film and the second coating film) obtained as described above is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through the mask to expose the light, thereby irradiating only the light. The coated film is partially hardened. Thereby, a portion where the light is not irradiated and a portion which is exposed in a pattern (that is, a cured film which is exposed in a pattern) is formed. The exposure is preferably performed by irradiation of radiation. As the radiation which can be used for exposure, in particular, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays can be preferably used, and the light source is preferably a high-pressure mercury lamp. The irradiation intensity is preferably from 5 mJ/cm 2 to 1500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably from 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .

(顯影步驟) 於曝光步驟之後進行顯影步驟(顯影處理),使曝光步驟中的光未照射部分溶出至顯影液中。藉此,僅剩餘進行了光硬化的部分。如此,獲得圖案狀的硬化膜。 作為顯影液,理想的是使用有機鹼性顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間為20秒~90秒。 作為鹼性水溶液,例如可列舉將作為無機系顯影液的氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、作為有機鹼性顯影液的氨水、乙基胺、二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.005質量%~0.5質量%的方式溶解而成的鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液中亦可適量添加例如甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情況下,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。(Developing Step) A developing step (developing treatment) is performed after the exposure step, and the unexposed portion of the light in the exposure step is eluted into the developing solution. Thereby, only the portion where the light hardening is performed remains. Thus, a patterned cured film was obtained. As the developer, it is preferred to use an organic alkaline developer. The development temperature is usually from 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is from 20 seconds to 90 seconds. Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia and ethyl which are organic alkaline developing solutions. Amine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, gall The basic compound such as a base, pyrrole, piperidine or 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene has a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.005% by mass. An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by dissolving in a form of 0.5% by mass. A water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution in an appropriate amount. Further, in the case of using a developer containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

再者,亦可於以上步驟後,根據需要實施藉由對所形成的圖案狀硬化膜進行加熱及曝光的至少一者而進一步硬化的步驟。Further, after the above steps, a step of further hardening by heating and exposing the formed patterned cured film may be carried out as needed.

[硬化膜的較佳態樣] 其次,對本發明的硬化膜的其中一個較佳態樣進行說明。 本實施形態的硬化膜為使用所述硬化性組成物而獲得、且形成於基板上的硬化膜,於將自位於所述基板側的所述硬化膜的第1面朝向與所述第1面相對向的所述硬化膜的第2面而所述硬化膜的厚度成為10%的位置的空隙率設為A1,將自所述第2面朝向所述第1面而所述硬化膜的厚度成為10%的位置的空隙率設為A2的情況下,所述A1與所述A2滿足A1<A2的關係。 以下,於本項中將本實施形態的硬化膜亦簡稱為「硬化膜」。[Preferred Aspect of Cured Film] Next, one of preferred embodiments of the cured film of the present invention will be described. The cured film of the present embodiment is a cured film obtained by using the curable composition and formed on a substrate, and is oriented from the first surface of the cured film located on the substrate side to the first surface The void ratio at the position where the thickness of the cured film is 10% relative to the second surface of the cured film is A1, and the thickness of the cured film is from the second surface toward the first surface. When the void ratio at the position of 10% is A2, the relationship between A1 and A2 satisfies A1 < A2. Hereinafter, in the present invention, the cured film of the present embodiment is also simply referred to as "cured film".

藉由硬化膜中的所述空隙率A1與所述空隙率A2滿足所述關係,成為反射率低、微影性能優異的硬化膜。該理由的詳細情況雖不明確,但推測為以下理由。 例如,若自噴霧裝置的噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物,則硬化性組成物變成多個液滴而飛行,從而其著落於被塗佈面。著落於被塗佈面的液滴乾燥而成為包含液滴中所含的固體成分的粒狀物。多個該粒狀物聚集,藉此形成一個膜(塗膜),並藉由塗膜乾燥而獲得硬化膜。此時,於硬化膜中形成並無構成硬化膜的材料的間隙。本發明中,將所述間隙稱為「空隙」,空隙的更詳細的定義將於後進行敘述。The porosity A1 and the porosity A2 in the cured film satisfy the above relationship, and the cured film is excellent in reflectance and excellent in lithography performance. Although the details of this reason are not clear, the following reasons are presumed. For example, when the curable composition is sprayed from the nozzle of the spray device, the curable composition flies into a plurality of droplets and flies on the coated surface. The droplets that have landed on the surface to be coated are dried to form a granular material containing solid components contained in the droplets. A plurality of the granules are aggregated, whereby a film (coating film) is formed, and a cured film is obtained by drying the coating film. At this time, a gap of a material which does not constitute a cured film is formed in the cured film. In the present invention, the gap is referred to as a "void", and a more detailed definition of the gap will be described later.

本實施形態的硬化膜中,靠近位於基板側的所述硬化膜的第1面的位置的空隙率A1小於位於與第1面相對向的位置的空隙率A2。即,與作為硬化膜的表面的第2面側相比較而言,可以說基板側的第1面側的空隙少。 那麼,第1面及其附近的區域成為針孔少的膜,故除了抑制硬化膜的針孔的產生等,亦抑制硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷。空隙的周圍與其以外的部分的硬化性不同,除此以外,顯影液等的滲透性不同,因此推測若空隙少,則與基板的界面附近的顯影均勻地進行。 另一方面,存在於作為表面側的第2面及其附近的區域的空隙的空隙內外的折射率不同,因此可使硬化膜的反射率降低,除此以外,促進顯影液的滲透,因此抑制硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷或針孔的產生等。In the cured film of the present embodiment, the void ratio A1 at a position close to the first surface of the cured film on the substrate side is smaller than the void ratio A2 at a position facing the first surface. In other words, it can be said that the gap on the first surface side of the substrate side is small as compared with the second surface side of the surface of the cured film. Then, since the first surface and the region in the vicinity thereof are films having a small number of pinholes, the defects of the pattern shape of the cured film are suppressed in addition to the occurrence of pinholes in the cured film. In addition, since the permeability of the developing solution or the like is different between the periphery of the gap and the other portions, it is estimated that the development in the vicinity of the interface with the substrate is uniformly performed when the number of voids is small. On the other hand, since the refractive index of the voids in the voids of the second surface which is the surface on the surface side and the vicinity thereof is different, the reflectance of the cured film can be lowered, and the penetration of the developer can be promoted. Defects in the pattern shape of the cured film, generation of pinholes, and the like.

本實施形態的硬化膜中,就獲得本申請案所期望的效果的觀點而言,所述空隙率A1與空隙率A2的比A1/A2較佳為0.00001以上且小於0.9,更佳為0.0001以上且小於0.8。就更顯著地獲得本申請案所期望的效果的觀點而言,特佳為0.0001以上且小於0.7。In the cured film of the present embodiment, the ratio A1/A2 of the void ratio A1 to the void ratio A2 is preferably 0.00001 or more and less than 0.9, and more preferably 0.0001 or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining the desired effect of the present application. And less than 0.8. From the viewpoint of more remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present application, it is particularly preferably 0.0001 or more and less than 0.7.

本實施形態的硬化膜中,所述空隙率A1較佳為3.5%以下,更佳為0.001%以上且小於3%,進而佳為0.01%以上且小於3%,特佳為0.1%以上且小於3%。藉由空隙率A1為該範圍,可顯著地獲得本申請案所期望的效果。 另外,藉由空隙率A1為0.001%以上,顯影得到促進,因此容易進一步抑制硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷,若小於3%,則空隙少,因此如上所述容易進一步抑制硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷或針孔的產生等。 再者,空隙率的測定方法將於後進行敘述。In the cured film of the present embodiment, the void ratio A1 is preferably 3.5% or less, more preferably 0.001% or more and less than 3%, further preferably 0.01% or more and less than 3%, particularly preferably 0.1% or more and less than 3%. By the void ratio A1 being in this range, the desired effect of the present application can be remarkably obtained. In addition, since the void ratio A1 is 0.001% or more and development is promoted, it is easy to further suppress the defects of the pattern shape of the cured film, and if it is less than 3%, the voids are small. Therefore, it is easy to further suppress the pattern shape of the cured film as described above. Defects or pinholes, etc. Furthermore, the method of measuring the void ratio will be described later.

本實施形態的硬化膜中,所述空隙率A2較佳為0.05%~35%,更佳為0.1%以上且小於30%,進而佳為1%~20%,特佳為2%~10%。藉由空隙率A2為所述範圍,可顯著地獲得本申請案所期望的效果。藉由為所述範圍內,空隙內外的折射率不同,因此除了可進一步降低反射率(特別是正反射光),硬化膜的表面(第2面)附近的空隙藉由顯影處理而開孔,促進硬化膜的表面凹凸形狀的形成而使光擴散,因此可於維持其他效果的狀態下進一步降低反射率。 另外,若空隙為1%以上,則顯影容易進一步得到促進,若小於30%,則容易進一步形成微細的圖案形狀,從而容易進一步抑制硬化膜的圖案形狀的缺陷。 再者,空隙率的測定方法將於後進行敘述。In the cured film of the present embodiment, the porosity A2 is preferably 0.05% to 35%, more preferably 0.1% or more and less than 30%, still more preferably 1% to 20%, particularly preferably 2% to 10%. . By the void ratio A2 being the above range, the desired effect of the present application can be remarkably obtained. In the above range, the refractive index inside and outside the void is different. Therefore, in addition to further reducing the reflectance (particularly, specular reflected light), the void near the surface (second surface) of the cured film is opened by the development process to promote the opening. Since the surface of the cured film is formed into a concavo-convex shape and the light is diffused, the reflectance can be further reduced while maintaining other effects. In addition, when the void ratio is 1% or more, development is more likely to be promoted, and if it is less than 30%, it is easy to further form a fine pattern shape, and it is easy to further suppress the defects of the pattern shape of the cured film. Furthermore, the method of measuring the void ratio will be described later.

本實施形態的硬化膜的表面粗糙度Ra的較佳範圍及測定方法與所述硬化膜的製造方法的項中說明的硬化膜的表面粗糙度Ra相同。The preferred range and measurement method of the surface roughness Ra of the cured film of the present embodiment are the same as the surface roughness Ra of the cured film described in the section of the method for producing a cured film.

本實施形態的硬化膜較佳為具有至少兩層以上的層。本實施形態的硬化膜並不限定於此,較佳為利用所述硬化膜的製造方法的項中說明的方法而製造者。該情況下,包含第1面、且包含成為所述空隙率A1的位置的區域(層)相當於所述第1膜。另外,包含第2面、且包含成為所述空隙率A2的位置的區域(層)相當於所述第2膜。The cured film of the present embodiment preferably has at least two or more layers. The cured film of the present embodiment is not limited thereto, and is preferably manufactured by the method described in the section of the method for producing a cured film. In this case, the region (layer) including the first surface and including the position at which the porosity A1 is formed corresponds to the first film. Further, a region (layer) including the second surface and including the position at which the porosity A2 is formed corresponds to the second film.

(空隙率) 所述各空隙率(A1及A2)的測定方法如下所述。 根據對硬化膜的曝光部(硬化部)的剖面進行拍攝的照片圖像,藉由圖像分析方法(例如,藉由掃描式電子顯微鏡的剖面圖像)來測定硬化性組成物層的空隙率。所獲得的剖面圖像可視需要進行圖像分析。 具體而言,基於所觀察的硬化膜的剖面圖像,將硬化膜以外的區域(即,硬化膜中未由硬化膜所環繞的區域)設為空隙,將空隙整體的面積(畫素數)除以硬化膜整體的區域面積(畫素數),藉此求出空隙率(%)。 更詳細而言,空隙率A1是基於位於自第1面朝向第2面而硬化膜的厚度為10%±5%的區域內的剖面圖像來算出。另外,空隙率A2是基於位於自第2面朝向第1面而硬化膜的厚度為10%±5%的區域內的剖面圖像來算出。照片圖像的倍率若為容易判別的倍率,則並無特別限定,較佳為3000倍~20000倍的範圍。(Void Ratio) The measurement method of each of the void ratios (A1 and A2) is as follows. The void ratio of the curable composition layer is measured by an image analysis method (for example, a cross-sectional image by a scanning electron microscope) based on a photographic image taken on a cross section of the exposed portion (hardened portion) of the cured film . The obtained cross-sectional image can be image analyzed as needed. Specifically, based on the cross-sectional image of the cured film to be observed, a region other than the cured film (that is, a region in the cured film that is not surrounded by the cured film) is set as a void, and the entire area of the void (number of pixels) is used. The void ratio (%) was determined by dividing the area of the entire cured film (the number of pixels). More specifically, the porosity A1 is calculated based on a cross-sectional image in a region in which the thickness of the cured film is 10% ± 5% from the first surface toward the second surface. In addition, the porosity A2 is calculated based on a cross-sectional image in a region in which the thickness of the cured film is 10%±5% from the second surface toward the first surface. The magnification of the photo image is not particularly limited as long as it is easily discriminated, and is preferably in the range of 3,000 to 20,000.

[附遮光膜的紅外光截止濾光片、固體攝像裝置] 於使用黑色顏料作為著色劑的情況下,所述硬化膜可作為所謂的遮光膜來較佳地應用。另外,此種遮光膜可較佳地應用於固體攝像裝置。 以下,首先對具有本發明的遮光膜的固體攝像裝置的第1實施形態進行詳細敍述。 如圖2及圖3所示,固體攝像裝置2具備:作為固體攝像元件的CMOS感測器3、安裝有該CMOS感測器3的電路基板4及對電路基板4加以保持的陶瓷製的陶瓷基板5。另外,固體攝像裝置2具備:保持於陶瓷基板5的、將朝向CMOS感測器3的紅外光(Infrared Ray,IR)截止的IR截止濾光片6,攝影透鏡7,對該攝影透鏡7加以保持的透鏡支架8及將該透鏡支架8自由移動地加以保持的保持筒9。另外,亦可設置CCD感測器或有機CMOS感測器代替CMOS感測器3。 陶瓷基板5形成有供CMOS感測器3插入的開口5a,且為框狀,並包圍CMOS感測器3的側面。於該狀態下,安裝有CMOS感測器3的電路基板4藉由接著劑(例如,環氧系接著劑,以下相同)固定於陶瓷基板5。電路基板4上形成有各種電路圖案。[Infrared Light Cut Filter with Light-Shielding Film, Solid-State Imaging Device] When a black pigment is used as a coloring agent, the cured film can be preferably used as a so-called light-shielding film. Further, such a light shielding film can be preferably applied to a solid-state image pickup device. Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a solid-state imaging device having the light-shielding film of the present invention will be described in detail. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the solid-state imaging device 2 includes a CMOS sensor 3 as a solid-state imaging device, a circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted, and a ceramic ceramic in which the circuit board 4 is held. Substrate 5. Further, the solid-state imaging device 2 includes an IR cut filter 6 that is held by the ceramic substrate 5 and that cuts off infrared light (IR) of the CMOS sensor 3, and an imaging lens 7 that is attached to the imaging lens 7. The held lens holder 8 and the holding cylinder 9 that holds the lens holder 8 in a freely movable manner. In addition, a CCD sensor or an organic CMOS sensor may be provided instead of the CMOS sensor 3. The ceramic substrate 5 is formed with an opening 5a into which the CMOS sensor 3 is inserted, and is frame-shaped and surrounds the side surface of the CMOS sensor 3. In this state, the circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 by an adhesive (for example, an epoxy-based adhesive, the same applies hereinafter). Various circuit patterns are formed on the circuit board 4.

IR截止濾光片6於板狀的玻璃或藍玻璃上形成有反射紅外線的反射膜,形成有該反射膜的面為入射面6a。IR截止濾光片6以比開口5a大一周的尺寸而形成,並以覆蓋開口5a的方式藉由接著劑固定於陶瓷基板5。 於攝影透鏡7的背後(圖3及圖4中的下方)配置有CMOS感測器3,於攝影透鏡7與CMOS感測器3之間配置有IR截止濾光片6。被攝體的光是通過攝影透鏡7、IR截止濾光片6而入射至CMOS感測器3的光接收面。此時,紅外線由IR截止濾光片6截止。 電路基板4與設置於搭載有固體攝像裝置2的電子機器(例如,數位相機)的控制部相連接,自電子機器向固體攝像裝置2供給電力。CMOS感測器3於光接收面上二維地排列有多個彩色畫素,各彩色畫素對入射光進行光電轉換,並積蓄所產生的信號電荷。The IR cut filter 6 is formed with a reflection film that reflects infrared rays on the plate glass or the blue glass, and the surface on which the reflection film is formed is the incident surface 6a. The IR cut filter 6 is formed to have a size larger than the opening 5a, and is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 by an adhesive so as to cover the opening 5a. A CMOS sensor 3 is disposed behind the photographic lens 7 (downward in FIGS. 3 and 4), and an IR cut filter 6 is disposed between the photographic lens 7 and the CMOS sensor 3. The light of the subject is incident on the light receiving surface of the CMOS sensor 3 through the photographic lens 7 and the IR cut filter 6. At this time, the infrared ray is cut off by the IR cut filter 6. The circuit board 4 is connected to a control unit provided in an electronic device (for example, a digital camera) on which the solid-state imaging device 2 is mounted, and supplies electric power from the electronic device to the solid-state imaging device 2 . The CMOS sensor 3 two-dimensionally arranges a plurality of color pixels on the light receiving surface, and each color pixel photoelectrically converts the incident light and accumulates the generated signal charges.

如圖3及圖4所示,於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部遍及整周而配置有所述遮光膜(遮光層)11,從而形成附遮光膜的紅外線截止濾光片。自攝影透鏡7射出且經陶瓷基板5的前表面(圖3及圖4中的上表面)反射的反射光R1於在裝置內重複地反射或折射後入射至CMOS感測器3的情況或自攝影透鏡7射出且經透鏡支架8的內壁面反射的反射光R2於入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑(flare)的原因。遮光膜11對朝向CMOS感測器3的反射光R1、反射光R2等有害光進行遮光。遮光膜11相當於所述硬化膜。再者,圖3及圖4中誇張描繪了遮光膜11的厚度。As shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, the light shielding film (light shielding layer) 11 is disposed over the entire circumference of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6, thereby forming an infrared cut filter with a light shielding film. . The reflected light R1 emitted from the photographic lens 7 and reflected by the front surface (the upper surface in FIGS. 3 and 4) of the ceramic substrate 5 is repeatedly reflected or refracted in the device and is incident on the CMOS sensor 3 or When the reflected light R2 emitted from the photographic lens 7 and reflected by the inner wall surface of the lens holder 8 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3, it causes a flare in the photographic image. The light shielding film 11 shields harmful light such as the reflected light R1 and the reflected light R2 toward the CMOS sensor 3 from light. The light shielding film 11 corresponds to the cured film. Further, the thickness of the light shielding film 11 is exaggerated in FIGS. 3 and 4.

圖5中示出第2實施形態的固體攝像裝置20。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標註相同的符號,並省略其詳細說明。 固體攝像裝置20具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影透鏡7、透鏡支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)21。自攝影透鏡7射出且經陶瓷基板5的前表面反射的反射光R3於在裝置內重複地反射或折射後入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑的原因。遮光膜21對朝向CMOS感測器3的反射光R3等有害光進行遮光。FIG. 5 shows a solid-state imaging device 20 according to the second embodiment. The same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. The solid-state imaging device 20 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, an imaging lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The light shielding film (light shielding layer) 21 is formed on the side end surface of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. The reflected light R3 emitted from the photographic lens 7 and reflected by the front surface of the ceramic substrate 5 is repeatedly reflected or refracted in the apparatus and is incident on the CMOS sensor 3, causing a flare in the photographic image. The light shielding film 21 shields harmful light such as the reflected light R3 toward the CMOS sensor 3 from light.

圖6中示出第3實施形態的固體攝像裝置30。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標註相同的符號,並省略其詳細說明。 固體攝像裝置30具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影透鏡7、透鏡支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部及側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)31。即,成為將第1實施形態、第2實施形態加以組合而成的固體攝像裝置。該實施形態較第1實施形態、第2實施形態而言遮光性能高,因此確實地抑制光斑的產生。Fig. 6 shows a solid-state imaging device 30 according to a third embodiment. The same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. The solid-state imaging device 30 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, an imaging lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The light shielding film (light shielding layer) 31 is formed over the entire circumference of the end surface and the side end surface of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6. In other words, the solid-state imaging device in which the first embodiment and the second embodiment are combined is used. This embodiment has higher light-shielding performance than the first embodiment and the second embodiment, and thus the occurrence of flare is reliably suppressed.

圖7中示出第4實施形態的固體攝像裝置40。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標註相同的符號,並省略其詳細說明。 固體攝像裝置40具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影透鏡7、透鏡支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部及側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)31。 另外,於陶瓷基板5的內壁面形成有遮光膜(遮光層)41。自攝影透鏡7射出、通過IR截止濾光片6而經陶瓷基板5的內壁面反射的反射光於入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑的原因。遮光膜41較陶瓷基板5的內壁面而言遮光性能高,因此確實地抑制光斑的產生。Fig. 7 shows a solid-state imaging device 40 according to the fourth embodiment. The same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. The solid-state imaging device 40 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, an imaging lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The light shielding film (light shielding layer) 31 is formed over the entire circumference of the end surface and the side end surface of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6. Further, a light shielding film (light shielding layer) 41 is formed on the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5. When the reflected light reflected from the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5 through the IR cut filter 6 and incident on the CMOS sensor 3 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3, it causes a flare in the captured image. Since the light shielding film 41 has higher light blocking performance than the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5, the generation of the light spot is surely suppressed.

[彩色濾光片] 本發明的硬化膜亦可用於彩色濾光片中。[Color Filter] The cured film of the present invention can also be used in a color filter.

彩色濾光片可較佳地用於電荷耦合元件(CCD)或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)等固體攝像元件,特別適於超過100萬畫素般的高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。彩色濾光片例如可配置於構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的光接收部、與用於聚光的微透鏡之間而使用。The color filter can be preferably used for solid-state imaging elements such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and is particularly suitable for a high resolution CCD or CMOS of more than one million pixels. The color filter can be used, for example, between a light receiving portion that constitutes each pixel of the CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

另外,彩色濾光片可較佳地用於有機電致發光(有機EL(Electroluminescence))元件用途。作為有機EL元件,較佳為白色有機EL元件。有機EL元件較佳為串聯結構。 關於有機EL元件的串聯結構,記載於日本專利特開2003-45676號公報、三上明義監修的「有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度・高精度・長壽命化・專有技術集-」(技術資訊協會,第326~328頁,2008年)等中。 作為有機EL元件的串聯結構,例如可列舉:於基板的一面,於具備光反射性的下部電極與具備光透過性的上部電極之間設置有機EL層的結構等。下部電極較佳為由在可見光的波長區域中具有充分的反射率的材料構成。 有機EL層包含多個發光層,較佳為具有由該些多個發光層積層而成的積層結構(串聯結構)。有機EL層例如可於多個發光層中包含紅色發光層、綠色發光層及藍色發光層。而且,較佳為一併具有多個發光層與用於使該些發光層發光的多個發光輔助層。 有機EL層例如可設為發光層與發光輔助層交替地積層的積層結構。具有此種結構的有機EL層的有機EL元件可發出白色光。該情況下,有機EL元件發出的白色光的光譜較佳為於藍色區域(430 nm-485 nm)、綠色區域(530 nm-580 nm)及黃色區域(580 nm-620 nm)具有強烈的最大發光峰值者。除了該些發光峰值以外,更佳為進而於紅色區域(650 nm-700 nm)具有最大發光峰值者。藉由將發出白色光的有機EL元件(白色有機EL元件)與本發明的彩色濾光片組合,獲得於色彩再現性方面優異的分光,且可顯示更清晰的影像或圖像。Further, the color filter can be preferably used for an organic electroluminescence (Electroluminescence) element. As the organic EL element, a white organic EL element is preferable. The organic EL element is preferably a series structure. The tandem structure of the organic EL device is described in the "Top of the development of organic EL technology - high brightness, high precision, long life, and proprietary technology set -" (Technical Information Association, pp. 326-328, 2008), etc. The tantalum structure of the organic EL element is, for example, a structure in which an organic EL layer is provided between a lower electrode having light reflectivity and an upper electrode having light transparency on one surface of the substrate. The lower electrode is preferably made of a material having a sufficient reflectance in a wavelength region of visible light. The organic EL layer includes a plurality of light-emitting layers, and preferably has a laminated structure (series structure) in which the plurality of light-emitting layers are laminated. The organic EL layer may include, for example, a red light-emitting layer, a green light-emitting layer, and a blue light-emitting layer among the plurality of light-emitting layers. Moreover, it is preferable to have a plurality of light-emitting layers and a plurality of light-emitting auxiliary layers for causing the light-emitting layers to emit light. The organic EL layer can be, for example, a laminated structure in which a light-emitting layer and a light-emitting auxiliary layer are alternately laminated. The organic EL element having the organic EL layer having such a structure emits white light. In this case, the spectrum of the white light emitted from the organic EL element is preferably strong in the blue region (430 nm-485 nm), the green region (530 nm-580 nm), and the yellow region (580 nm-620 nm). The maximum illuminating peak. In addition to the luminescence peaks, it is more preferable to have the maximum luminescence peak in the red region (650 nm - 700 nm). By combining an organic EL element (white organic EL element) that emits white light with the color filter of the present invention, spectroscopic excellent in color reproducibility is obtained, and a clearer image or image can be displayed.

彩色濾光片中的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0 μm以下,更佳為1.0 μm以下,進而佳為0.7 μm以下。下限例如可設為0.1 μm以上,亦可設為0.2 μm以上。 另外,著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度)較佳為2.5 μm以下,更佳為2.0 μm以下,特佳為1.7 μm以下。下限例如可設為0.1 μm以上,亦可設為0.2 μm以上。The film thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) in the color filter is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more. Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

[圖像顯示裝置] 本發明的硬化膜(彩色濾光片、遮光膜等)可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中。[Image Display Device] The cured film (color filter, light-shielding film, etc.) of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如記載於「電子顯示器器件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調査會(股)1990年發行)」、「顯示器器件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股)1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調査會(股)1994年發行)」中。對於本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的多種方式的液晶顯示裝置。The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described, for example, in "Electronic display devices (sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association (share) issued in 1990)", "Display devices (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Books) ) issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Natsuo, Industrial Research Association, Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, a plurality of types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股),1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多象限垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置、或超扭轉向列(Super-Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、晶片上間隔件(on-chip spacer,OCS)、邊緣場切換(fringe field switching,FFS)及反射式光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片的要求特性除了上文所述般的通常的要求特性以外,有時亦需要對層間絕緣膜的要求特性、即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。本發明的彩色濾光片因耐光性等優異,故可提供一種解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「EL、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的第43頁等中。The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device having an enlarged viewing angle such as a transverse electric field driving method such as In Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA). , or Super-Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), on-chip spacer (OCS), fringe field switching (fringe field switching, FFS) and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB). In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode. In the liquid crystal display device of the COA type, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter may require the characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the peeling resistance. Liquid. Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it is possible to provide a COA liquid crystal display device having high resolution and excellent long-term durability. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer. These image display methods are described, for example, in "EL, Plasma Display Panel (PDP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Dongli Research Center) (Toray Research Center, Research and Research Department, issued in 2001), page 43 et al.

液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,亦包括電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料-化學品的市場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(股),2003年發行)」中。 關於背光,是記載於「國際資訊顯示學會會議記錄(SID(Society for Information Display)meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)、或「月刊顯示器」的2005年12月號的第18~24頁(島康裕)、該文獻第25~30頁(八木隆明)等中。 [實施例]The liquid crystal display device includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. For example, the "94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials - chemicals market (Ichishima Kentaro, CMC (share), issued in 1994)", "2003 liquid crystal related market status and future prospects (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Kamelai Institute (share), issued in 2003). The backlight is recorded in the "SID (Society for Information Display) Meeting Digest" 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.) or the "Monthly Display" 2005. On pages 18 to 24 of the December issue (Island Kang Yu), pages 25 to 30 of this document (Yamamu Longming), etc. [Examples]

以下,使用實施例對本發明詳細地進行說明。其中,本發明並不限定於此。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail using examples. However, the present invention is not limited to this.

<鈦黑(A-1)的製作> 秤量120 g的BET比表面積為110 m2 /g的氧化鈦TTO-51N(商品名,石原產業製造)、25 g的BET表面積為300 m2 /g的二氧化矽粒子埃洛希爾(AEROSIL)300(註冊商標)300/30(贏創(Evonik)製造)、及100 g的分散劑迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)190(商品名,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造),添加71 g的離子交換水,使用倉紡(KURABO)製造的梅澤斯塔(MAZERSTAR)KK-400W,以公轉轉數1360 rpm、自轉轉數1047 rpm進行30分鐘處理,藉此獲得均勻的混合物水溶液。將該水溶液填充於石英容器中,使用小型旋轉窯(rotary kiln)(本山股份有限公司製造),於氧氣環境中加熱至920℃後,以氮氣來置換環境,於同溫度下以100 mL/min流通氨氣5小時,藉此實施氮化還原處理。以研缽將結束後回收的粉末加以粉碎,獲得包含Si原子、且粉末狀的比表面積為85 m2 /g的鈦黑(A-1)[包含鈦黑粒子及Si原子的被分散體]。<Preparation of titanium black (A-1)> Weighing 120 g of titanium oxide TTO-51N (trade name, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) having a BET specific surface area of 110 m 2 /g, and a BET surface area of 300 m 2 / g of 25 g Antimony oxide particles AEROSIL 300 (registered trademark) 300/30 (manufactured by Evonik), and 100 g dispersant Disperbyk 190 (trade name, BYK) Chemical (manufactured by BYK Chemie), adding 71 g of ion-exchanged water, using MAZERSTAR KK-400W manufactured by KURABO, at a revolution of 1360 rpm and a rotation number of 1047 rpm The treatment was carried out for 30 minutes, whereby a homogeneous aqueous mixture solution was obtained. The aqueous solution was filled in a quartz vessel, and heated to 920 ° C in an oxygen atmosphere using a rotary kiln (manufactured by Benshan Co., Ltd.), and the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen at a temperature of 100 mL/min. Ammonia gas was passed through for 5 hours to carry out a nitrogen reduction treatment. The powder recovered after completion of the mortar was pulverized to obtain titanium black (A-1) containing a Si atom and having a powder specific surface area of 85 m 2 /g [dispersion containing titanium black particles and Si atoms] .

<顏料分散物的製作> 使用攪拌機(依格(IKA)公司製造的尤羅斯塔(EUROSTAR)),將下述組成1所示的成分混合15分鐘,獲得分散物a。 再者,以下所記載的分散劑(高分子化合物(G1)。參照下述式)是參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的記載而合成。另外,高分子化合物(G1)的重量平均分子量為30000,酸價為60 mgKOH/g,接枝鏈的原子數(除氫原子以外)為117。 (組成1) ・所述鈦黑A-1                                  ・・・25.0質量份 ・高分子化合物(G1)的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯20質量%溶液                                                                  ・・・37.5質量份 ・丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)(溶劑)・・・10.5質量份 ・乙酸丁酯(溶劑)                                ・・・27.0質量份 使用新丸企業(Shinmaru Enterprises)(股)製造的NPM-Pilot以下述條件對所獲得的分散物a進行分散處理而獲得顏料分散物。<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion> A component shown in the following composition 1 was mixed for 15 minutes using a stirrer (EUROSTAR manufactured by IKA) to obtain a dispersion a. In addition, the dispersing agent (polymer compound (G1), see the following formula) described below is synthesized by the description of JP-A-2013-249417. Further, the polymer compound (G1) had a weight average molecular weight of 30,000, an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g, and an atomic number of the graft chain (excluding a hydrogen atom) of 117. (Composition 1) ・The titanium black A-1 ・・・25.0 parts by mass ・The polymer compound (G1) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 20% by mass solution ・・・37.5 parts by mass ・Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ester (PGMEA) (solvent), 10.5 parts by mass, butyl acetate (solvent), and 27.0 parts by mass of NPM-Pilot manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises Co., Ltd. The substance a was subjected to dispersion treatment to obtain a pigment dispersion.

[化12] [化12]

(分散條件) ・珠粒徑:f0.05 mm(尼卡特(NIKKATO)製造的YTZ) ・珠粒填充率:65體積% ・磨機周速:10 m/sec ・分離器周速:13 m/s ・進行分散處理的混合液量:15 kg ・循環流量(泵供給量):90 kg/hour ・處理液溫度:19℃~21℃ ・冷卻水:水 ・處理時間:22小時(Dispersion conditions) ・Bead size: f0.05 mm (YTZ manufactured by NIKKATO) ・Bead filling rate: 65 vol% ・Milling machine peripheral speed: 10 m/sec ・Separator speed: 13 m /s ・The amount of the mixed solution for the dispersion treatment: 15 kg ・Circulating flow rate (pump supply amount): 90 kg/hour ・Processing liquid temperature: 19 °C to 21 °C ・Cooling water: water ・Processing time: 22 hours

<硬化性組成物1> 將下述所示的成分混合並加以攪拌而獲得硬化性組成物。 ・追加溶媒:PGMEA                              ・・・30.8質量份 ・追加溶媒:乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯              ・・・18質量份 ・黏合劑聚合物:壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FF-187(藤倉化成製造)40%PGMEA溶液                                 ・・・7.4質量份 ・聚合性化合物:DPHA(卡亞拉得(KAYARAD),日本化藥製造)                                                               ・・・1.8質量份 ・聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚                ・・・0.001質量份 ・界面活性劑:下述結構的界面活性劑A ・・・0.1質量份 ・聚合起始劑:豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)                                                         ・・・1.6質量份 ・分散液:所述顏料分散物                     ・・・40.3質量份<Curable Composition 1> The components shown below were mixed and stirred to obtain a curable composition.・Additional solvent: PGMEA ・・・30.8 parts by mass ・Additional solvent: Ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate ・・・18 parts by mass ・Binder polymer: Acrybase FF-187 ( Manufactured by Fujikura Kasei) 40% PGMEA solution ・・・7.4 parts by mass ・Polymerized compound: DPHA (KAYARAD, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ・・・1.8 parts by mass ・Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol・・・ 0.001 parts by mass ・Interacting agent: Surfactant A of the following structure: ・・・0.1 parts by mass ・Polymerization initiator: IRGACURE OXE-02 (made by BASF) ・・・1.6 parts by mass Dispersion: The pigment dispersion parts by mass · 40.3

[化13] [Chemistry 13]

<用於微影性能的評價的硬化膜的製造> 使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC110」,三明(股)製造),以下述第1表的條件(第1塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。使用100℃的烘箱對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),形成第1塗膜(第1步驟)。 繼而,使用所述噴霧裝置,以下述第1表的條件(第2塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至第1塗膜的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。於100℃下使用烘箱對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),形成第2塗膜(第2步驟)。 之後,使用近接式曝光裝置EVG610(日本EV集團(EV Group Japan)製造),介隔具有線寬300 μm(寬300 μm、長4 mm)的遮罩以成為照射力50 mW/cm2 且曝光量600 mJ/cm2 的方式對形成於基板上的第1塗膜及第2塗膜照射光(進行曝光)(曝光步驟)。藉此,獲得於玻璃基板上以第1膜、第2膜的順序積層而成的硬化膜(第2膜/第1膜/玻璃基板)。 於照射(曝光)後,使用顯影液CD2060(商品名,富士軟片(FUJIFILM)公司製造,氫氧化四甲基銨(tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide,TMAH)濃度0.26質量%),於23℃下進行20秒鐘使用直噴嘴(straight nozzle)的覆液顯影(顯影步驟)。然後,使用超純水(DIW)作為淋洗液而進行清洗(淋洗處理)。 最後,使用潔淨烘箱CLH-21CDH(光洋熱(Koyo Thermo)(股)製造)於230℃下進行1小時的加熱處理(後烘烤步驟)。 如此,獲得於玻璃基板上形成有規定的圖案的實施例及比較例的硬化膜。<Production of cured film for evaluation of lithographic performance> Using a spray coater (product name "DC110", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.), the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the first coating film) will be described below. The curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of a glass substrate of 8 inches to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated (prebaking treatment) for 2 hours in an oven at 100 ° C to form a first coating film (first step). Then, using the spray device, the curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of the first coating film under the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the second coating film) to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated (prebaked) in an oven at 100 ° C for 2 hours to form a second coating film (second step). After that, a proximity exposure device EVG610 (manufactured by EV Group Japan) was used to intervene a mask having a line width of 300 μm (300 μm in width and 4 mm in length) to become an irradiation force of 50 mW/cm 2 and exposure. The first coating film and the second coating film formed on the substrate were irradiated with light (exposure) in a manner of 600 mJ/cm 2 (exposure step). Thus, a cured film (second film/first film/glass substrate) in which the first film and the second film are laminated in the glass substrate is obtained. After the irradiation (exposure), the developing solution CD2060 (trade name, manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd., tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) concentration: 0.26 mass%) was used for 20 seconds at 23 ° C. Development using a straight nozzle (development step). Then, ultrapure water (DIW) was used as the eluent for washing (rinsing treatment). Finally, a heat treatment (post-baking step) was carried out at 230 ° C for 1 hour using a clean oven CLH-21 CDH (manufactured by Koyo Thermo Co., Ltd.). In this manner, the cured films of the examples and the comparative examples in which the predetermined patterns were formed on the glass substrate were obtained.

再者,關於第1塗膜及第2塗膜的形成條件,第1表中列舉的項目的詳細情況如下所述。 此處,噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC110」,三明(股)製造)進行圖8所示的動作,從而於基板100上形成規定尺寸的膜P。具體而言,藉由依序重複第1動作與第2動作而形成規定尺寸的塗膜P,所述第1動作是一面自噴霧裝置的噴嘴210噴射硬化性組成物一面向第1方向X的其中一側移動,所述第2動作是使噴嘴向與第1方向X正交的第2方向Y移動。 而且,藉由重複形成此種規定尺寸的塗膜P的動作,規定尺寸的塗膜P進行積層(即塗膜P反復塗佈)而形成第1塗膜(或第2塗膜)。 ・霧化壓(g/cm2 ):為了自噴霧裝置的噴嘴噴射硬化性組成物而施加至硬化性組成物的壓力 ・液壓(g/cm2 ):為了向噴嘴供給硬化性組成物而施加至硬化性組成物的壓力 ・噴嘴開口刻度:表示噴嘴的開口徑的指標。該數值越大,表示噴嘴的開口徑越大。 ・噴嘴高度(cm):自噴嘴前端至被塗佈面的距離 ・速度(mm/s):第1動作中的噴嘴的移動速度 ・間距(mm):第2動作的每一次的噴嘴移動距離 ・次數:用以獲得規定尺寸的塗膜的第1動作的執行次數 ・重複:反復塗佈規定尺寸的塗膜的次數In addition, regarding the formation conditions of the first coating film and the second coating film, the details of the items listed in the first table are as follows. Here, the spray coater (product name "DC110", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.) performs the operation shown in FIG. 8 to form a film P of a predetermined size on the substrate 100. Specifically, the coating film P having a predetermined size is formed by sequentially repeating the first operation and the second operation, wherein the first operation is performed by spraying the curable composition from the nozzle 210 of the spray device toward the first direction X. The second movement is such that the nozzle moves in the second direction Y orthogonal to the first direction X. In addition, by repeating the operation of forming the coating film P of such a predetermined size, the coating film P of a predetermined size is laminated (that is, the coating film P is repeatedly applied) to form a first coating film (or a second coating film). [Atomization pressure (g/cm 2 ): pressure and hydraulic pressure (g/cm 2 ) applied to the curable composition in order to eject the curable composition from the nozzle of the spray device: in order to supply the curable composition to the nozzle Pressure to the curable composition ・Nozzle opening scale: An index indicating the opening diameter of the nozzle. The larger the value, the larger the opening diameter of the nozzle.・Nozzle height (cm): Distance from the tip of the nozzle to the surface to be coated and the speed (mm/s): Movement speed and pitch (mm) of the nozzle during the first operation: The movement distance of the nozzle for each of the second movements・Number of times: The number of executions of the first operation to obtain a coating film of a predetermined size ・Repeat: The number of times the coating film of a predetermined size is repeatedly applied

<微影性能> (直線性) 於倍率50倍的條件下使用光學顯微鏡(製品名「OLS4500」,奧林巴斯(Olympus)公司製造)觀察所述形成有規定圖案的實施例及比較例的硬化膜,藉由下述評價基準評價直線性。評價為「B」而視為合格。將評價結果示於第2表。 「A」:可以圖案的邊緣部(曝光部與未曝光部的邊界部)整齊的直線顯影。 「B」:圖案的邊緣部成為直線。 「C」:圖案的邊緣部因顯影不良而無法成為直線。 (顯影殘留) 於倍率50倍的條件下使用光學顯微鏡(製品名「OLS4500」,奧林巴斯(Olympus)公司製造)觀察所述形成有規定圖案的實施例及比較例的硬化膜,藉由下述評價基準評價顯影殘留。評價為「B」而視為合格。將評價結果示於第2表。 「A」:於顯影部中幾乎未觀察到作為殘渣的著落痕跡,形成有良好的圖案。 「B」:於顯影部中稍微確認到作為殘渣的著落痕跡,形成有大致良好的圖案。 「C」:於顯影部中確認到大量作為殘渣的著落痕跡,解析不良。<The lithography performance> (linearity) The optical microscope (product name "OLS4500", manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) was used to observe the examples and comparative examples in which the predetermined pattern was formed, under the conditions of a magnification of 50 times. The cured film was evaluated for linearity by the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation is "B" and is considered qualified. The evaluation results are shown in the second table. "A": A straight line development of the edge portion of the pattern (the boundary portion between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion). "B": The edge portion of the pattern becomes a straight line. "C": The edge portion of the pattern cannot be straight due to poor development. (Development Residue) The cured film of the examples and the comparative examples in which the predetermined patterns were formed was observed by an optical microscope (product name "OLS 4500", manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) under the conditions of a magnification of 50 times. The development residue was evaluated by the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation is "B" and is considered qualified. The evaluation results are shown in the second table. "A": A trace of the residue as a residue was hardly observed in the developing portion, and a good pattern was formed. "B": A trace of the residue as a residue was slightly observed in the developing unit, and a substantially good pattern was formed. "C": A large amount of landing marks as residues were confirmed in the developing unit, and the analysis was poor.

<針孔> 使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC111」,三明(股)製造),以下述第1表的條件(第1塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而獲得塗膜。於100℃下對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得第1塗膜。 繼而,使用所述噴霧裝置,以下述第1表的條件(第2塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至第1塗膜的表面(被塗佈面)而獲得塗膜。於100℃下對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得於第1塗膜上積層有第2塗膜的實施例及比較例的針孔評價用樣品。 關於以所述方式獲得的各針孔評價用樣品,以倍率50倍並藉由使用透過光的光學顯微鏡觀察來計數硬化膜的任意20個視野中的明亮部、即針孔的個數,藉由以下基準進行評價。評價為「B」以上而視為合格。將評價結果示於第2表。 「AA」:0個 「A」:1個以上且2個以下 「B」:3個以上且10個以下 「C」:超過10個<Pinholes> The curable composition was sprayed to 8 以 under the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the first coating film) using a spray coater (product name "DC111", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.). A coating film is obtained on the surface (coated surface) of the glass substrate. The obtained coating film was heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours (prebaking treatment) to obtain a first coating film. Then, using the spray device, the curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of the first coating film under the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the second coating film) to obtain a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours (prebaking treatment), and a sample for pinhole evaluation of the examples and the comparative examples in which the second coating film was laminated on the first coating film was obtained. With respect to each sample for evaluation of the pinholes obtained as described above, the number of bright portions, that is, the number of pinholes, in any of the 20 fields of view of the cured film was counted by an optical microscope observation using a transmitted light at a magnification of 50 times. Evaluation was performed by the following criteria. The evaluation is "B" or more and is considered qualified. The evaluation results are shown in the second table. "AA": 0 "A": 1 or more and 2 or less "B": 3 or more and 10 or less "C": More than 10

<反射率> 以與所述針孔的評價相同的方式製作實施例及比較例的反射率測定用樣品。 關於所獲得的實施例及比較例的反射率測定用樣品,在400 nm~1200 nm的波長範圍內測定設為入射角度5°時的正反射率。測定中使用日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100。將所獲得的光譜中的最大值設為反射率。反射率小於3%而視為合格,更佳為小於2%,特佳為1%以下。將評價結果示於第2表。<Reflectance> The samples for reflectance measurement of the examples and the comparative examples were produced in the same manner as the evaluation of the pinholes. With respect to the samples for reflectance measurement of the obtained examples and comparative examples, the positive reflectance at an incident angle of 5° was measured in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1200 nm. A spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies was used for the measurement. The maximum value in the obtained spectrum is set as the reflectance. The reflectance is less than 3% and is considered to be acceptable, more preferably less than 2%, and particularly preferably less than 1%. The evaluation results are shown in the second table.

<膜厚的測定> (第1膜的膜厚) 使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC111」,三明(股)製造),以下述第1表的條件(第1塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。於100℃下對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得第1塗膜。之後,使用近接式曝光裝置EVG610(日本EV集團(EV Group Japan)製造),以成為照射力50 mW/cm2 且曝光量600 mJ/cm2 的方式對形成於基板上的第1塗膜照射光(進行曝光)(曝光步驟)。如此,於玻璃基板上形成第1膜。對以所述方式獲得的第1膜進行使用迪科塔科(Decktak)XT(布魯克(Bruker)公司製造)的物理性膜厚測定。 (第2膜的膜厚) 使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC111」,三明(股)製造),以下述第1表的條件(第2塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。於100℃下對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得第2塗膜。之後,使用近接式曝光裝置EVG610(日本EV集團(EV Group Japan)製造),以成為照度50 mW/cm2 且曝光量600 mJ/cm2 的方式對形成於基板上的第2塗膜照射光(進行曝光)(曝光步驟)。如此,於玻璃基板上形成第2膜。對以所述方式獲得的第2膜進行使用迪科塔科(Decktak)XT(布魯克(Bruker)公司製造)的物理性膜厚測定。 (第1膜及第2膜的合計膜厚) 使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC110」,三明(股)製造),以下述第1表的條件(第1塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。使用100℃的烘箱對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),形成第1塗膜(第1步驟)。 繼而,使用所述噴霧裝置,以下述第1表的條件(第2塗膜的形成條件)將所述硬化性組成物噴射至第1塗膜的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。使用100℃的烘箱對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),形成第2塗膜(第2步驟)。 之後,使用近接式曝光裝置EVG610(日本EV集團(EV Group Japan)製造),以成為照度50 mW/cm2 且曝光量600 mJ/cm2 的方式對形成於基板上的第1塗膜及第2塗膜照射光(進行曝光)(曝光步驟)。藉此,獲得於玻璃基板上以第1膜、第2膜的順序積層而成的硬化膜(第2膜/第1膜/玻璃基板)。 對以所述方式獲得的硬化膜(第1膜+第2膜)進行使用迪科塔科(Decktak)XT(布魯克(Bruker)公司製造)的物理性膜厚測定。 再者,各膜厚為平均厚度,且為測定各膜的任意五處的厚度並對該些進行算術平均而得的值。將第1膜及第2膜的各膜厚示於第1表,將硬化膜(第1膜+第2膜)的膜厚示於第2表。<Measurement of film thickness> (film thickness of the first film) The following conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the first coating film) will be used in a spray coater (product name "DC111", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.). The curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of a glass substrate of 8 inches to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours (prebaking treatment) to obtain a first coating film. After that, the proximity coating apparatus EVG610 (manufactured by EV Group Japan) was used to irradiate the first coating film formed on the substrate so as to have an irradiation force of 50 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 600 mJ/cm 2 . Light (exposure) (exposure step). Thus, the first film was formed on the glass substrate. The first film obtained in the manner described above was subjected to physical film thickness measurement using a Decktak XT (manufactured by Bruker). (Thickness of the second film) The curable composition was formed by the following conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the second coating film) using a spray coater (product name "DC111", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.). The surface of the glass substrate (coated surface) of 8 Å was sprayed to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours (prebaking treatment) to obtain a second coating film. After that, the proximity coating apparatus EVG610 (manufactured by EV Group Japan) was used to irradiate the second coating film formed on the substrate so as to have an illuminance of 50 mW/cm 2 and an exposure amount of 600 mJ/cm 2 . (Perform exposure) (exposure step). Thus, the second film was formed on the glass substrate. The second film obtained in the manner described above was subjected to physical film thickness measurement using a Decktak XT (manufactured by Bruker). (The total film thickness of the first film and the second film) The spray coating machine (product name "DC110", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.) was used, and the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the first coating film) were used. The curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of a glass substrate of 8 inches to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated (prebaking treatment) for 2 hours in an oven at 100 ° C to form a first coating film (first step). Then, using the spray device, the curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of the first coating film under the conditions of the first table (formation conditions of the second coating film) to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated (prebaking treatment) for 2 hours using an oven at 100 ° C to form a second coating film (second step). Then, using the proximity exposure apparatus EVG610 (manufactured by EV Group Japan), the first coating film and the first coating film formed on the substrate are illuminating at 50 mW/cm 2 and having an exposure amount of 600 mJ/cm 2 . 2 The coating film is irradiated with light (exposure) (exposure step). Thus, a cured film (second film/first film/glass substrate) in which the first film and the second film are laminated in the glass substrate is obtained. The cured film (the first film + the second film) obtained as described above was subjected to physical film thickness measurement using a Decktak XT (manufactured by Bruker). Further, each film thickness is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness of any five places of each film and arithmetically averaging these. The film thickness of each of the first film and the second film is shown in the first table, and the film thickness of the cured film (first film + second film) is shown in the second table.

<著落尺寸> 第1表所示的第1塗膜的形成條件中將「次數」及「重複」分別設為1,除此以外以與第1表所示的第1塗膜的形成條件相同的方式,使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC110」,三明(股)製造),將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。使用100℃的烘箱對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得著落尺寸D1的測定用樣品。 以包含合計為500處以上的著落痕跡(粒狀物)的方式,以倍率50倍並使用光學顯微鏡對測定用樣品拍攝5個鏡頭。將5個鏡頭中所觀察到的著落痕跡(粒狀物)視作圓,測定500處的著落痕跡(粒狀物)的直徑並對其進行算術平均,將所得者設為著落尺寸D1。 第1表所示的第2塗膜的形成條件中將「次數」及「重複」分別設為1,除此以外以與第1表所示的第2塗膜的形成條件相同的方式,使用噴霧塗佈機(製品名「DC110」,三明(股)製造),將所述硬化性組成物噴射至8吋的玻璃基板的表面(被塗佈面)而形成塗膜。於100℃下對所獲得的塗膜進行2小時加熱(預烘烤處理),獲得著落尺寸D2的測定用樣品。除此以外,以與所述著落尺寸D1的測定相同的方式測定著落尺寸D2。 將著落尺寸D1及著落尺寸D2的測定結果示於第1表。In the formation conditions of the first coating film shown in the first table, the "number of times" and "repetition" are set to 1, respectively, and the conditions for forming the first coating film shown in the first table are the same. In the manner of using a spray coater (product name "DC110", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.), the curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of a glass substrate of 8 inches to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated (prebaking treatment) for 2 hours using an oven at 100 ° C to obtain a sample for measurement of the landing size D1. Five lenses were taken for the measurement sample by an optical microscope at a magnification of 50 times so as to include a total of 500 or more landing marks (granules). The landing marks (granules) observed in the five lenses were regarded as circles, and the diameters of the landing marks (granules) at 500 were measured and arithmetically averaged, and the resultant was set as the landing size D1. In the conditions for forming the second coating film shown in the first table, the "number of times" and the "repetition" are set to 1, respectively, and the same conditions as those for forming the second coating film shown in the first table are used. In a spray coater (product name "DC110", manufactured by Sanming Co., Ltd.), the curable composition was sprayed onto the surface (coated surface) of a glass substrate of 8 inches to form a coating film. The obtained coating film was heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours (prebaking treatment) to obtain a sample for measurement of the landing size D2. Except for this, the landing size D2 was measured in the same manner as the measurement of the landing size D1. The measurement results of the landing size D1 and the landing size D2 are shown in the first table.

<表面粗糙度Ra> (第1膜的表面粗糙度Ra) 以與所述「(第1膜的膜厚)」相同的條件形成第1膜。使用原子力顯微鏡(Nanoscope 4A,日本維易科(Veeco)製造)於10 μm´10 μm的視野下對所獲得的第1膜評價表面凹凸,藉此測定表面粗糙度Ra。 (第2膜的表面粗糙度Ra) 以與所述「(第2膜的膜厚)」相同的條件形成第1膜。以與第1膜相同的條件對所獲得的第2膜測定表面粗糙度Ra。 將各膜的表面粗糙度Ra的測定結果示於第1表。 (硬化膜的表面粗糙度) 以與所述「(第1膜及第2膜的合計膜厚)」相同的條件形成於玻璃基板上以第1膜、第2膜的順序積層而成的硬化膜(第2膜/第1膜/玻璃基板)。以與第1膜相同的條件對所獲得的硬化膜測定表面粗糙度Ra。<Surface roughness Ra> (surface roughness Ra of the first film) The first film was formed under the same conditions as the above (the film thickness of the first film). The surface roughness Ra was measured by evaluating the surface unevenness of the obtained first film using an atomic force microscope (Nanoscope 4A, manufactured by Veeco, Japan) under a field of view of 10 μm ́10 μm. (Surface roughness Ra of the second film) The first film was formed under the same conditions as the "(film thickness of the second film)". The surface roughness Ra of the obtained second film was measured under the same conditions as those of the first film. The measurement results of the surface roughness Ra of each film are shown in the first table. (The surface roughness of the cured film) is formed by laminating the first film and the second film in the order of the first film and the second film under the same conditions as the above (the total film thickness of the first film and the second film). Film (second film / first film / glass substrate). The surface roughness Ra of the obtained cured film was measured under the same conditions as those of the first film.

[表1] [Table 1]

[表2] [Table 2]

如第2表所示,可知根據著落尺寸D1與著落尺寸D2的比D1/D2為5~150的實施例1~實施例10的硬化膜的製造方法,可獲得反射率低、微影性能(直線性、顯影殘留及針孔)優異的硬化膜。 另一方面,可知根據著落尺寸D1與著落尺寸D2的比D1/D2為5~150的範圍外的比較例1~比較例5的硬化膜的製造方法,反射率及微影性能的至少一者不優異。As shown in the second table, it is understood that the method for producing the cured film of Examples 1 to 10 according to the ratio D1/D2 of the landing size D1 to the landing size D2 is 5 to 150, and the low reflectance and the lithographic performance can be obtained. Excellent curing film for linearity, development residue and pinhole. On the other hand, at least one of the reflectance and the lithographic performance of the cured film of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 5 in which the ratio D1/D2 of the landing size D1 and the landing size D2 is in the range of 5 to 150 is known. Not excellent.

<實施例11~實施例26、比較例6> 實施例1中,著落尺寸D1及著落尺寸D2未改變,僅適宜調整霧化壓、液壓、重複次數,從而製作第3表所示的實施例11~實施例26的硬化膜,並進行與實施例1相同的評價。 另外,比較例2中,著落尺寸D1及著落尺寸D2未改變,僅適宜調整霧化壓、液壓、重複次數,從而製作第3表所示的比較例6的硬化膜,並進行與實施例1相同的評價。 將各實施例及比較例的評價結果示於第3表。<Examples 11 to 26 and Comparative Example 6> In the first embodiment, the landing size D1 and the landing size D2 were not changed, and only the atomization pressure, the hydraulic pressure, and the number of repetitions were appropriately adjusted, and the example shown in the third table was produced. 11 to the cured film of Example 26, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 was carried out. Further, in Comparative Example 2, the landing size D1 and the landing size D2 were not changed, and only the atomization pressure, the hydraulic pressure, and the number of repetitions were appropriately adjusted, thereby producing the cured film of Comparative Example 6 shown in Table 3, and proceeding with Example 1. The same evaluation. The evaluation results of the respective examples and comparative examples are shown in the third table.

(空隙率) 如以下般對以所述方式獲得的實施例11~實施例26、比較例6的硬化膜測定空隙率。 具體而言,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM(Scanning Electron Microscope);日本電子(股)製造的JSM-7401)對各硬化膜進行剖面SEM觀察。利用圖像軟體(奧多比系統(Adobe Systems, Inc.)公司製造的「Adobe Photoshop」)對所獲得的剖面SEM照片調整臨限值,並進行白色及黑色的二值化,根據白色與黑色的點數比來算出空隙率。白色點是指空隙,黑色點是指硬化膜。 具體而言,空隙率A1是藉由利用所述圖像分析來算出「白色的點數/黑色的點數」而獲得,所述圖像分析是基於處於自第1面(基板側的面)朝向第2面(與基板相對向的面)而硬化膜的厚度為10%±5%的區域內的剖面圖像。另外,空隙率A2是藉由利用所述圖像分析來算出「白色的點數/黑色的點數」而獲得,所述圖像分析是基於處於自第2面朝向第1面而硬化膜的厚度為10%±5%的區域內的剖面圖像。 以10000倍觀察藉由圖像分析的包含白色點與黑色點的圖像,並於所述規定的區域10個視野內將其平均化,將所得者設為空隙率。 依據以下基準來評價算出的空隙率。(Void Ratio) The void ratios of the cured films of Examples 11 to 26 and Comparative Example 6 obtained as described above were measured as follows. Specifically, a cross-sectional SEM observation of each cured film was carried out using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope); JSM-7401 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). Using the image software ("Adobe Photoshop" manufactured by Adobe Systems, Inc.), the threshold value of the obtained cross-sectional SEM photograph was adjusted, and white and black were binarized, according to white and black. The ratio of points is used to calculate the void ratio. White dots refer to voids, and black dots refer to cured films. Specifically, the void ratio A1 is obtained by calculating "the number of white dots/black dots" by the image analysis, and the image analysis is based on the first surface (surface on the substrate side). A cross-sectional image in a region in which the thickness of the cured film is 10% ± 5% toward the second surface (the surface facing the substrate). Further, the void ratio A2 is obtained by calculating "the number of white dots/black dots" by the image analysis, and the image analysis is based on the cured film from the second surface toward the first surface. A cross-sectional image of a region having a thickness of 10% ± 5%. An image including white dots and black dots analyzed by image analysis was observed at 10,000 times, and averaged in 10 fields of view in the predetermined region, and the obtained person was set as a void ratio. The calculated void ratio was evaluated based on the following criteria.

(評價結果) 將評價結果示於下述第3表。(Evaluation Results) The evaluation results are shown in Table 3 below.

[表3] [table 3]

如第3表所示般,可知根據空隙率A1與空隙率A2為A1<A2的關係的實施例11~實施例26的硬化膜,可獲得反射率低、微影性能(直線性、顯影殘留及針孔)優異的硬化膜。 另一方面,根據空隙率A1與空隙率A2為A1>A2的關係的比較例6的硬化膜,可獲得微影性能(直線性、顯影殘留及針孔)差的硬化膜。As shown in the third table, it is understood that the cured films of Examples 11 to 26 having a relationship between the void ratio A1 and the porosity A2 of A1 < A2 can achieve low reflectance and lithographic properties (linearity, development residue). And pinhole) excellent hardened film. On the other hand, according to the cured film of Comparative Example 6 in which the porosity A1 and the porosity A2 are in the relationship of A1>A2, a cured film having poor lithographic properties (linearity, development residue, and pinhole) can be obtained.

<實施例27> 代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物2,除此以外以與實施例2相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例2為相同程度的良好的硬化膜。 <硬化性組成物2> 將下述所示的成分混合並加以攪拌而獲得硬化性組成物。 ・追加溶媒:PGMEA                                  ・・・3.8質量份 ・追加溶媒:環戊酮                                ・・・21.8質量份 ・黏合劑聚合物:壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)RD-F8(日本觸媒製造)40%PGMEA溶液                                      ・・・6.7質量份 ・聚合性化合物:DPHA(卡亞拉得(KAYARAD),日本化藥製造)70%PGMEA溶液                                 ・・・7.5質量份 ・聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚                ・・・0.003質量份 ・界面活性劑:所述結構的界面活性劑A(1.0%PGMEA溶液)                                                                 ・・・2.1質量份 ・聚合起始劑:豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)                                                         ・・・1.6質量份 ・分散液:所述顏料分散物                     ・・・56.6質量份<Example 27> The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the curable composition 2 was used instead of the curable composition 1. As a result, the ratio of the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, and the film thickness was obtained. A good cured film having the same degree as in Example 2, the reflectance, the surface roughness of the cured film, and the lithographic performance. <Curable Composition 2> The components shown below were mixed and stirred to obtain a curable composition.・Additional solvent: PGMEA ・・・3.8 parts by mass ・Additional solvent: cyclopentanone ・・・21.8 parts by mass ・Binder polymer: Acrycure RD-F8 (made by Nippon Shokubai) 40%PGMEA Solution ・・・6.7 parts by mass ・Polymerized compound: DPHA (KAYARAD, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 70% PGMEA solution ・・・7.5 parts by mass ・Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol ・・・0.003 parts by mass, surfactant: surfactant A (1.0% PGMEA solution) of the above structure ・・・2.1 parts by mass ・Polymerization initiator: IRGACURE OXE-02 (Manufactured by BASF) · 1.6 mass parts Dispersion: The pigment dispersion 56.6 parts by mass was ·

<實施例28> 實施例1的顏料分散物的製作中,代替鈦黑而使用碳黑(商品名「色素碳黑(color black)S170」,德固賽(Degussa)公司製造,平均一次粒子徑17 nm,BET比表面積200 m2 /g,藉由氣黑(gas black)方式所製造的碳黑),除此以外,利用相同的方法獲得顏料分散物A。<Example 28> In the production of the pigment dispersion of Example 1, carbon black (trade name "color black S170" was used instead of titanium black, and the average primary particle diameter was produced by Degussa Co., Ltd. Pigment dispersion A was obtained by the same method except that 17 nm, a BET specific surface area of 200 m 2 /g, and carbon black produced by a gas black method.

實施例1中使用的硬化性組成物1中,將硬化性組成物1中使用的顏料分散物變更為所述顏料分散物A,除此以外以相同的方式獲得硬化性組成物3。In the curable composition 1 used in the first embodiment, the curable composition 3 was obtained in the same manner except that the pigment dispersion used in the curable composition 1 was changed to the pigment dispersion A.

代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物3,除此以外以與實施例1相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例1為相同程度的良好的硬化膜。In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the curable composition 3 was used instead of the curable composition 1, the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, the film thickness ratio, the reflectance, and the hardening were obtained. A good cured film of the same degree as in Example 1 was used for both the surface roughness and the lithographic performance of the film.

<實施例29> 於實施例1的顏料分散物的製作中,代替鈦黑而使用顏料紅254(汽巴精化(Ciba specialty chemicals)公司製造,商品名BK-CF),除此以外以相同的方式獲得顏料分散液B。<Example 29> In the production of the pigment dispersion of Example 1, pigment red 254 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., trade name BK-CF) was used instead of titanium black, and the same was used. The pigment dispersion B was obtained in the same manner.

將實施例1的顏料分散物40.3質量份變更為33質量份,進而添加7.3質量份的顏料分散物B,除此以外以與硬化性組成物1相同的方式製作硬化性組成物4。The curable composition 4 was produced in the same manner as the curable composition 1 except that the pigment dispersion of Example 1 was changed to 33 parts by mass, and 7.3 parts by mass of the pigment dispersion B was further added.

代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物4,除此以外以與實施例1相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例1為相同程度的良好的硬化膜。The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the curable composition 4 was used instead of the curable composition 1. As a result, the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, the film thickness ratio, the reflectance, and the hardening were obtained. A good cured film of the same degree as in Example 1 was used for both the surface roughness and the lithographic performance of the film.

<實施例30> (染料聚合物的合成) 依據日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落0165中記載的成鹽(salt-forming)化合物(A-1)的製造方法來獲得色素多聚物(呫噸Xa)。 再者,以下表示使用的單體及色素的結構。藉由GPC測定而確認的色素多聚物(呫噸Xa)的重量平均分子量(Mw)為10500。<Example 30> (Synthesis of dye polymer) A dye polymer was obtained by the method for producing a salt-forming compound (A-1) described in paragraph 0165 of JP-A-2011-242752. (呫 tons Xa). In addition, the structure of the monomer and pigment used is shown below. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer (xanthene Xa) confirmed by GPC measurement was 10,500.

[化14] [Chemistry 14]

將實施例1的顏料分散物40.3質量份變更為33.0質量份,進而添加1.8質量份的所述色素多聚物(呫噸Xa),進而添加5.5質量份的PGMEA,除此以外以與硬化性組成物1相同的方式獲得硬化性組成物5。40.3 parts by mass of the pigment dispersion of Example 1 was changed to 33.0 parts by mass, and 1.8 parts by mass of the dye polymer (xanthene Xa) was further added, and 5.5 parts by mass of PGMEA was further added, and the curability was further improved. The composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as the composition 1.

代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物5,除此以外以與實施例1相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例1為相同程度的良好的硬化膜。The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the curable composition 5 was used instead of the curable composition 1. As a result, the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, the film thickness ratio, the reflectance, and the hardening were obtained. A good cured film of the same degree as in Example 1 was used for both the surface roughness and the lithographic performance of the film.

根據所述結果推測,即便為變更著色劑的情況、或者併用的情況,亦可獲得本申請案所期望的效果。Based on the results, it is estimated that the effect desired in the present application can be obtained even in the case of changing the coloring agent or in combination.

<實施例31> 將聚合起始劑變更為豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907(日本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)公司製造),除此以外以與硬化性組成物1相同的方式製備硬化性組成物6。<Example 31> A curable composition was prepared in the same manner as the curable composition 1 except that the polymerization initiator was changed to IRGACURE-907 (manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.). .

代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物6,除此以外以與實施例1相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例1為相同程度的良好的膜。The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the curable composition 6 was used instead of the curable composition 1. As a result, the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, the film thickness ratio, the reflectance, and the hardening were obtained. A good film of the same degree as in Example 1 was used for both the surface roughness and the lithographic performance of the film.

<實施例32> 將硬化性組成物1的聚合性化合物變更為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,日本化藥(股)製造)0.5份、及PET-30(季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯,日本化藥(股)製造)1.3份,除此以外利用相同的方法製備硬化性組成物7。<Example 32> The polymerizable compound of the curable composition 1 was changed to KAYARAD DPHA (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 0.5 part, and PET-30 (pentaerythritol III) The curable composition 7 was prepared by the same method except that 1.3 parts of acrylate, manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. was used.

代替硬化性組成物1而使用硬化性組成物7,除此以外以與實施例1相同的方式進行評價,結果可獲得著落尺寸比、硬化膜的膜厚、膜厚的比、反射率、硬化膜的表面粗糙度、微影性能中均與實施例1為相同程度的良好的硬化膜。In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the curable composition 7 was used instead of the curable composition 1, the landing size ratio, the film thickness of the cured film, the film thickness ratio, the reflectance, and the hardening were obtained. A good cured film of the same degree as in Example 1 was used for both the surface roughness and the lithographic performance of the film.

根據所述結果推測,即便為變更聚合起始劑或聚合性化合物的情況,亦可獲得本申請案所期望的效果。From the results, it is estimated that the effect desired in the present application can be obtained even when the polymerization initiator or the polymerizable compound is changed.

2、20、30、40‧‧‧固體攝像裝置
3‧‧‧CMOS感測器
4‧‧‧電路基板
5‧‧‧陶瓷基板
5a‧‧‧開口
5b‧‧‧內壁面
6‧‧‧IR截止濾光片
6a‧‧‧入射面
7‧‧‧攝影透鏡
8‧‧‧透鏡支架
9‧‧‧保持筒
11、21、31、41‧‧‧遮光膜(遮光層)
100‧‧‧基板
120‧‧‧塗膜
120A‧‧‧第1塗膜
120a、120b‧‧‧粒狀物
120B‧‧‧第2塗膜
210‧‧‧噴嘴
P‧‧‧規定尺寸的塗膜
R1、R2、R3‧‧‧反射光
X‧‧‧第1方向
Y‧‧‧第2方向
2, 20, 30, 40‧‧‧ solid camera
3‧‧‧CMOS sensor
4‧‧‧ circuit board
5‧‧‧Ceramic substrate
5a‧‧‧ openings
5b‧‧‧ inner wall
6‧‧‧IR cut filter
6a‧‧‧Incoming surface
7‧‧‧Photographic lens
8‧‧‧ lens holder
9‧‧‧ Keeping the cylinder
11, 21, 31, 41‧‧ ‧ shading film (shading layer)
100‧‧‧Substrate
120‧‧·coating film
120A‧‧‧1st film
120a, 120b‧‧‧ granules
120B‧‧‧2nd film
210‧‧‧Nozzles
P‧‧‧Specified size coating
R1, R2, R3‧‧‧ reflected light
X‧‧‧1st direction
Y‧‧‧2nd direction

圖1A是階段性地表示本發明的硬化膜的製造方法的一例的說明圖。 圖1B是階段性地表示本發明的硬化膜的製造方法的一例的說明圖。 圖2是表示第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的立體圖。 圖3是第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的分解立體圖。 圖4是表示第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 圖5是表示第2實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 圖6是表示第3實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 圖7是表示第4實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 圖8是對實施例中的使用噴霧裝置的塗膜的形成方法進行說明的上表面示意圖。FIG. 1A is an explanatory view showing an example of a method of producing a cured film of the present invention. FIG. 1B is an explanatory view showing an example of a method of producing a cured film of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment. Fig. 3 is an exploded perspective view of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a second embodiment. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a third embodiment. Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a fourth embodiment. Fig. 8 is a schematic top view showing a method of forming a coating film using a spray device in an embodiment.

no

Claims (15)

一種硬化膜的製造方法,其製造使用含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物的硬化膜,所述硬化膜的製造方法包括: 第1步驟,以著落尺寸成為D1的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第1塗膜; 第2步驟,以著落尺寸成為D2的方式噴霧塗佈所述硬化性組成物而形成第2塗膜;以及 實施硬化處理而形成硬化膜的步驟, 所述D1與所述D2滿足D1>D2的關係,且所述D1與所述D2的比D1/D2為5~150。A method for producing a cured film, which comprises using a cured film containing a colorant, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, wherein the method for producing the cured film includes: The first coating film is spray-coated by spraying the curable composition so that the landing size is D1. In the second step, the curable composition is spray-coated to form the second coating film so that the landing size is D2. And a step of forming a cured film by performing a hardening treatment, wherein the D1 and the D2 satisfy a relationship of D1>D2, and a ratio D1/D2 of the D1 to the D2 is 5 to 150. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述第2步驟是於所述第1步驟之後實施。The method for producing a cured film according to claim 1, wherein the second step is performed after the first step. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述第1步驟的所述噴霧塗佈中使用的噴霧裝置的噴嘴前端與被塗佈面的距離L1小於所述第2步驟的所述噴霧塗佈中使用的所述噴霧裝置的噴嘴前端與被塗佈面的距離L2。The method for producing a cured film according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the distance L1 between the tip end of the nozzle and the surface to be coated of the spray device used in the spray coating in the first step is smaller than The distance L2 between the tip end of the nozzle of the spray device used in the spray coating described in the second step and the surface to be coated. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述距離L1小於5 cm,所述距離L2超過10 cm。The method for producing a cured film according to claim 3, wherein the distance L1 is less than 5 cm, and the distance L2 exceeds 10 cm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述D2為1 μm~30 μm。The method for producing a cured film according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the D2 is from 1 μm to 30 μm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的硬化膜的製造方法,其中所述D2為1 μm~10 μm。The method for producing a cured film according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the D2 is 1 μm to 10 μm. 一種硬化膜,其使用含有著色劑、聚合起始劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物而獲得,且形成於基板上, 在將從位於所述基板側的所述硬化膜的第1面朝向與所述第1面相對向的所述硬化膜的第2面、而將成為所述硬化膜的厚度的10%的位置的空隙率設為A1, 將從所述第2面朝向所述第1面而將成為所述硬化膜的厚度的10%的位置的空隙率設為A2的情況下, 所述A1與所述A2滿足A1<A2的關係。A cured film obtained by using a curable composition containing a colorant, a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a solvent, and formed on a substrate, which will be from the side located on the substrate side The first surface of the cured film faces the second surface of the cured film facing the first surface, and the void ratio at a position of 10% of the thickness of the cured film is A1. When the second surface faces the first surface and the void ratio at the position of 10% of the thickness of the cured film is A2, the relationship between A1 and A2 satisfies A1 < A2. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述的硬化膜,其中所述A1為0.001%以上且小於3%。The cured film according to claim 7, wherein the A1 is 0.001% or more and less than 3%. 如申請專利範圍第7項或第8項所述的硬化膜,其中所述A2為0.1%以上且小於30%。The cured film according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the A2 is 0.1% or more and less than 30%. 如申請專利範圍第7項或第8項所述的硬化膜,其中所述硬化膜的所述第2面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.1 μm~1.2 μm。The cured film according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the second surface of the cured film has a surface roughness Ra of from 0.1 μm to 1.2 μm. 如申請專利範圍第7項或第8項所述的硬化膜,其中所述硬化膜具有至少兩層以上的層。The cured film according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the cured film has at least two or more layers. 如申請專利範圍第7項或第8項所述的硬化膜,其用作遮光膜。A cured film as described in claim 7 or 8, which is used as a light-shielding film. 如申請專利範圍第7項或第8項所述的硬化膜,其用作彩色濾光片。A cured film as described in claim 7 or 8, which is used as a color filter. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如申請專利範圍第7項至第11項中任一項所述的硬化膜。A solid-state image sensor having a cured film according to any one of claims 7 to 11. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如申請專利範圍第7項至第11項中任一項所述的硬化膜。An image display device having the cured film according to any one of claims 7 to 11.
TW105132471A 2015-10-09 2016-10-07 Method for producing cured film, cured film, solid-state image capture element, and image display device TW201731927A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015201581 2015-10-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201731927A true TW201731927A (en) 2017-09-16

Family

ID=58487691

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105132471A TW201731927A (en) 2015-10-09 2016-10-07 Method for producing cured film, cured film, solid-state image capture element, and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6595613B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201731927A (en)
WO (1) WO2017061477A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110095940A (en) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-06 臻鼎科技股份有限公司 The preparation method and Photosensitve resin composition of printed circuit board
WO2023091193A2 (en) * 2021-06-27 2023-05-25 SuperMetalix, Inc. Shielding applications of metal borides and composites thereof

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3832328B2 (en) * 2001-03-01 2006-10-11 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2002371204A (en) 2001-06-15 2002-12-26 Showa Denko Kk Modified carbon black, photosensitive black resin composition and black matrix resist composition for colored filter
JP4279064B2 (en) * 2003-06-27 2009-06-17 三菱化学株式会社 Porous silica film and laminate having the same
JP5075333B2 (en) * 2005-11-11 2012-11-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2009139616A (en) * 2007-12-06 2009-06-25 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, and liquid crystal display element
JP2010113034A (en) * 2008-11-04 2010-05-20 Fujifilm Corp Curable composition, color filter, method for manufacturing the same and solid state image pickup element
JP5147820B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2013-02-20 株式会社タムラ製作所 White solder resist composition for spray painting
JP5518656B2 (en) * 2010-09-17 2014-06-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Black polymerizable composition and method for producing black layer
JP5813325B2 (en) 2010-10-04 2015-11-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Black polymerizable composition and method for producing black layer
JP5398759B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2014-01-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Shielding film, manufacturing method thereof, and solid-state imaging device
JP2012181293A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method of anti-reflection film
JP2012181292A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method of anti-reflection film
JP5567716B2 (en) 2013-06-24 2014-08-06 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Laminated structure and photosensitive dry film used therefor
JP2015102792A (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 凸版印刷株式会社 Black photosensitive resin composition, black matrix substrate, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020013156A (en) 2020-01-23
WO2017061477A1 (en) 2017-04-13
JP6595613B2 (en) 2019-10-23
JP7027381B2 (en) 2022-03-01
JPWO2017061477A1 (en) 2018-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6711866B2 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared light cut filter with light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
TWI740942B (en) Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and manufacturing method of cured film
JP6745869B2 (en) Composition, method for producing composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201634564A (en) Curable composition, infrared cut filter having shielding film, and solid state image device
JP6818751B2 (en) Curable composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state image sensor, image display device, method for producing cured film, and polyfunctional thiol compound.
TWI790993B (en) Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7109624B2 (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI700323B (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI726075B (en) Composition, method for manufacturing composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7027381B2 (en) Hardened film manufacturing method, hardened film, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW201837565A (en) Curable composition, cured film, light shielding film, solid state imaging element, solid state imaging device and method for manufacturing cured film
JP6529419B2 (en) Curable composition, method of producing cured film, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JPWO2017150069A1 (en) Resin composition, resin film, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201728656A (en) Dispersion composition, curable composition, light-blocking film, color filter, and solid-state imaging device